1 |
330 |
jeremybenn |
/* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
|
2 |
|
|
Copyright 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
|
3 |
|
|
2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
6 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
8 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
9 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
10 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
13 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
14 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
15 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
16 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
18 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
19 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
20 |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
21 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
#include "sysdep.h"
|
23 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
24 |
|
|
#include "bfdlink.h"
|
25 |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h"
|
26 |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
27 |
|
|
#include "elf/m68k.h"
|
28 |
|
|
#include "opcode/m68k.h"
|
29 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *reloc_type_lookup
|
31 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
|
32 |
|
|
static void rtype_to_howto
|
33 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
|
34 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc
|
35 |
|
|
PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
|
36 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
|
37 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *));
|
38 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_check_relocs
|
39 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
|
40 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
|
41 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
42 |
|
|
PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
|
43 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
|
44 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
|
45 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_discard_copies
|
46 |
|
|
PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
|
47 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_relocate_section
|
48 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
|
49 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
|
50 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
51 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *,
|
52 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *));
|
53 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
|
54 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
|
55 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
|
57 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
|
58 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
|
59 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
|
60 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
|
61 |
|
|
PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
|
62 |
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
|
63 |
|
|
PARAMS ((const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
|
64 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] = {
|
66 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_NONE, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE", FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
|
67 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_32, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
68 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_16, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
|
69 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
|
70 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PC32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
|
71 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PC16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
|
72 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
|
73 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
|
74 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
|
75 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
|
76 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
77 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
|
78 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
|
79 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
|
80 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
|
81 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
|
82 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
83 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
|
84 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
|
85 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_COPY, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
86 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
87 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
88 |
|
|
HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
|
89 |
|
|
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
|
90 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
|
91 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
92 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
93 |
|
|
0, /* bitsize */
|
94 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
95 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
96 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
97 |
|
|
NULL, /* special_function */
|
98 |
|
|
"R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
|
99 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
100 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
101 |
|
|
0, /* dst_mask */
|
102 |
|
|
FALSE),
|
103 |
|
|
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
|
104 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
|
105 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
106 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
107 |
|
|
0, /* bitsize */
|
108 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
109 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
110 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
111 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
|
112 |
|
|
"R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
|
113 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
114 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
115 |
|
|
0, /* dst_mask */
|
116 |
|
|
FALSE),
|
117 |
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
/* TLS general dynamic variable reference. */
|
119 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32, /* type */
|
120 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
121 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
122 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
123 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
124 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
125 |
|
|
complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
126 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
127 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_GD32", /* name */
|
128 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
129 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
130 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
131 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
132 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16, /* type */
|
134 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
135 |
|
|
1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
136 |
|
|
16, /* bitsize */
|
137 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
138 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
139 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
140 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
141 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_GD16", /* name */
|
142 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
143 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
144 |
|
|
0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
|
145 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
146 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8, /* type */
|
148 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
149 |
|
|
0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
150 |
|
|
8, /* bitsize */
|
151 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
152 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
153 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
154 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
155 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_GD8", /* name */
|
156 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
157 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
158 |
|
|
0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
|
159 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
160 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
/* TLS local dynamic variable reference. */
|
162 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32, /* type */
|
163 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
164 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
165 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
166 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
167 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
168 |
|
|
complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
169 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
170 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDM32", /* name */
|
171 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
172 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
173 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
174 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
175 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16, /* type */
|
177 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
178 |
|
|
1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
179 |
|
|
16, /* bitsize */
|
180 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
181 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
182 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
183 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
184 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDM16", /* name */
|
185 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
186 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
187 |
|
|
0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
|
188 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
189 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8, /* type */
|
191 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
192 |
|
|
0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
193 |
|
|
8, /* bitsize */
|
194 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
195 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
196 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
197 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
198 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDM8", /* name */
|
199 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
200 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
201 |
|
|
0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
|
202 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
203 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32, /* type */
|
205 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
206 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
207 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
208 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
209 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
210 |
|
|
complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
211 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
212 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDO32", /* name */
|
213 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
214 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
215 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
216 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
217 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16, /* type */
|
219 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
220 |
|
|
1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
221 |
|
|
16, /* bitsize */
|
222 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
223 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
224 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
225 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
226 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDO16", /* name */
|
227 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
228 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
229 |
|
|
0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
|
230 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
231 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8, /* type */
|
233 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
234 |
|
|
0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
235 |
|
|
8, /* bitsize */
|
236 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
237 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
238 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
239 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
240 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LDO8", /* name */
|
241 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
242 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
243 |
|
|
0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
|
244 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
245 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
/* TLS initial execution variable reference. */
|
247 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32, /* type */
|
248 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
249 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
250 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
251 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
252 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
253 |
|
|
complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
254 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
255 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_IE32", /* name */
|
256 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
257 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
258 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
259 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
260 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16, /* type */
|
262 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
263 |
|
|
1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
264 |
|
|
16, /* bitsize */
|
265 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
266 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
267 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
268 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
269 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_IE16", /* name */
|
270 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
271 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
272 |
|
|
0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
|
273 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
274 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8, /* type */
|
276 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
277 |
|
|
0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
278 |
|
|
8, /* bitsize */
|
279 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
280 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
281 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
282 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
283 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_IE8", /* name */
|
284 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
285 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
286 |
|
|
0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
|
287 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
288 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
/* TLS local execution variable reference. */
|
290 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32, /* type */
|
291 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
292 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
293 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
294 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
295 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
296 |
|
|
complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
297 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
298 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LE32", /* name */
|
299 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
300 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
301 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
302 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
303 |
|
|
|
304 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16, /* type */
|
305 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
306 |
|
|
1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
307 |
|
|
16, /* bitsize */
|
308 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
309 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
310 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
311 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
312 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LE16", /* name */
|
313 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
314 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
315 |
|
|
0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
|
316 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
317 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8, /* type */
|
319 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
320 |
|
|
0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
321 |
|
|
8, /* bitsize */
|
322 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
323 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
324 |
|
|
complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
325 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
326 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_LE8", /* name */
|
327 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
328 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
329 |
|
|
0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
|
330 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
331 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
/* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations. */
|
333 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32, /* type */
|
334 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
335 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
336 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
337 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
338 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
339 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
340 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
341 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32", /* name */
|
342 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
343 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
344 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
345 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
346 |
|
|
|
347 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32, /* type */
|
348 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
349 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
350 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
351 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
352 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
353 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
354 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
355 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32", /* name */
|
356 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
357 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
358 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
359 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
360 |
|
|
|
361 |
|
|
HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32, /* type */
|
362 |
|
|
0, /* rightshift */
|
363 |
|
|
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
|
364 |
|
|
32, /* bitsize */
|
365 |
|
|
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
|
366 |
|
|
0, /* bitpos */
|
367 |
|
|
complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
|
368 |
|
|
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
|
369 |
|
|
"R_68K_TLS_TPREL32", /* name */
|
370 |
|
|
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
|
371 |
|
|
0, /* src_mask */
|
372 |
|
|
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
|
373 |
|
|
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
|
374 |
|
|
};
|
375 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
static void
|
377 |
|
|
rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
|
378 |
|
|
{
|
379 |
|
|
unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
|
380 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
|
if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
|
382 |
|
|
{
|
383 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
|
384 |
|
|
abfd, (int) indx);
|
385 |
|
|
indx = R_68K_NONE;
|
386 |
|
|
}
|
387 |
|
|
cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
|
388 |
|
|
}
|
389 |
|
|
|
390 |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
|
391 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
static const struct
|
393 |
|
|
{
|
394 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
|
395 |
|
|
int elf_val;
|
396 |
|
|
}
|
397 |
|
|
reloc_map[] =
|
398 |
|
|
{
|
399 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
|
400 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
|
401 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
|
402 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
|
403 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
|
404 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
|
405 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
|
406 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
|
407 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
|
408 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
|
409 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
|
410 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
|
411 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
|
412 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
|
413 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
|
414 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
|
415 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
|
416 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
|
417 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
|
418 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
|
419 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
|
420 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
|
421 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
|
422 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
|
423 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
|
424 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
|
425 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
|
426 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
|
427 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
|
428 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
|
429 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
|
430 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
|
431 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
|
432 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
|
433 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
|
434 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
|
435 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
|
436 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
|
437 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
|
438 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
|
439 |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
|
440 |
|
|
};
|
441 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
443 |
|
|
reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
|
444 |
|
|
bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
445 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
446 |
|
|
{
|
447 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
448 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
|
449 |
|
|
{
|
450 |
|
|
if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
|
451 |
|
|
return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
|
452 |
|
|
}
|
453 |
|
|
return 0;
|
454 |
|
|
}
|
455 |
|
|
|
456 |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type *
|
457 |
|
|
reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
|
458 |
|
|
{
|
459 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
460 |
|
|
|
461 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
|
462 |
|
|
if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
|
463 |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
464 |
|
|
return &howto_table[i];
|
465 |
|
|
|
466 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
467 |
|
|
}
|
468 |
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
|
470 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
|
471 |
|
|
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
|
472 |
|
|
|
473 |
|
|
/* Functions for the m68k ELF linker. */
|
474 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
476 |
|
|
section. */
|
477 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
|
479 |
|
|
|
480 |
|
|
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
|
481 |
|
|
|
482 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_plt_info
|
483 |
|
|
{
|
484 |
|
|
/* The size of each PLT entry. */
|
485 |
|
|
bfd_vma size;
|
486 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
/* The template for the first PLT entry. */
|
488 |
|
|
const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
|
489 |
|
|
|
490 |
|
|
/* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
|
491 |
|
|
The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
|
492 |
|
|
is against. */
|
493 |
|
|
struct {
|
494 |
|
|
unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
|
495 |
|
|
unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
|
496 |
|
|
} plt0_relocs;
|
497 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
|
/* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
|
499 |
|
|
const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
|
500 |
|
|
|
501 |
|
|
/* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
|
502 |
|
|
The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
|
503 |
|
|
is against. */
|
504 |
|
|
struct {
|
505 |
|
|
unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
|
506 |
|
|
unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
|
507 |
|
|
} symbol_relocs;
|
508 |
|
|
|
509 |
|
|
/* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
|
510 |
|
|
The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0". */
|
511 |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
|
512 |
|
|
};
|
513 |
|
|
|
514 |
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
515 |
|
|
|
516 |
|
|
#define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
|
517 |
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
/* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this. See
|
519 |
|
|
the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works. */
|
520 |
|
|
|
521 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
522 |
|
|
{
|
523 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
|
524 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
|
525 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
|
526 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
|
527 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* pad out to 20 bytes. */
|
528 |
|
|
};
|
529 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
|
/* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
531 |
|
|
|
532 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
533 |
|
|
{
|
534 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
|
535 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
|
536 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
|
537 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
|
538 |
|
|
0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
|
539 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
|
540 |
|
|
};
|
541 |
|
|
|
542 |
|
|
static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
|
543 |
|
|
PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
544 |
|
|
elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
|
545 |
|
|
elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
|
546 |
|
|
};
|
547 |
|
|
|
548 |
|
|
#define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
549 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
551 |
|
|
{
|
552 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
553 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
|
554 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
|
555 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
556 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
|
557 |
|
|
0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
|
558 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
|
559 |
|
|
0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
|
560 |
|
|
};
|
561 |
|
|
|
562 |
|
|
/* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
563 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
565 |
|
|
{
|
566 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
567 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
|
568 |
|
|
0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
|
569 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
|
570 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
|
571 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
|
572 |
|
|
0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
|
573 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
|
574 |
|
|
};
|
575 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
|
577 |
|
|
ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
578 |
|
|
elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
|
579 |
|
|
elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
|
580 |
|
|
};
|
581 |
|
|
|
582 |
|
|
#define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
583 |
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
585 |
|
|
{
|
586 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
587 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
|
588 |
|
|
0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
|
589 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
590 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
|
591 |
|
|
0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
|
592 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
|
593 |
|
|
0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
|
594 |
|
|
};
|
595 |
|
|
|
596 |
|
|
/* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
|
597 |
|
|
|
598 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
599 |
|
|
{
|
600 |
|
|
0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
|
601 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
|
602 |
|
|
0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
|
603 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
|
604 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
|
605 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
|
606 |
|
|
0x61, 0xff, /* bsr.l .plt */
|
607 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with .plt - . */
|
608 |
|
|
};
|
609 |
|
|
|
610 |
|
|
static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
|
611 |
|
|
ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
612 |
|
|
elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
|
613 |
|
|
elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
|
614 |
|
|
};
|
615 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
#define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
|
617 |
|
|
/* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
|
618 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
619 |
|
|
{
|
620 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
|
621 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
|
622 |
|
|
0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
|
623 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
|
624 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
|
625 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* pad out to 24 bytes. */
|
626 |
|
|
0, 0
|
627 |
|
|
};
|
628 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
|
630 |
|
|
{
|
631 |
|
|
0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
|
632 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
|
633 |
|
|
0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
|
634 |
|
|
0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
|
635 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
|
636 |
|
|
0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
|
637 |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* + .plt - . */
|
638 |
|
|
0, 0
|
639 |
|
|
};
|
640 |
|
|
|
641 |
|
|
static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
|
642 |
|
|
CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
|
643 |
|
|
elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
|
644 |
|
|
elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
|
645 |
|
|
};
|
646 |
|
|
|
647 |
|
|
/* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
|
648 |
|
|
decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that it
|
649 |
|
|
can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
|
650 |
|
|
with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field extending the
|
651 |
|
|
regular ELF linker hash table. */
|
652 |
|
|
|
653 |
|
|
/* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
|
654 |
|
|
copied for a given symbol. */
|
655 |
|
|
|
656 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
|
657 |
|
|
{
|
658 |
|
|
/* Next section. */
|
659 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
|
660 |
|
|
/* A section in dynobj. */
|
661 |
|
|
asection *section;
|
662 |
|
|
/* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
|
663 |
|
|
bfd_size_type count;
|
664 |
|
|
};
|
665 |
|
|
|
666 |
|
|
/* Forward declaration. */
|
667 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
|
668 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
/* m68k ELF linker hash entry. */
|
670 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
|
672 |
|
|
{
|
673 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
|
674 |
|
|
|
675 |
|
|
/* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
|
676 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
|
677 |
|
|
|
678 |
|
|
/* Key to got_entries. */
|
679 |
|
|
unsigned long got_entry_key;
|
680 |
|
|
|
681 |
|
|
/* List of GOT entries for this symbol. This list is build during
|
682 |
|
|
offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
683 |
|
|
to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
|
684 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
|
686 |
|
|
a separate field is cleaner. */
|
687 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
|
688 |
|
|
};
|
689 |
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
#define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
|
691 |
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
/* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable. */
|
693 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
|
694 |
|
|
{
|
695 |
|
|
/* BFD in which this symbol was defined. NULL for global symbols. */
|
696 |
|
|
const bfd *bfd;
|
697 |
|
|
|
698 |
|
|
/* Symbol index. Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key. */
|
699 |
|
|
unsigned long symndx;
|
700 |
|
|
|
701 |
|
|
/* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
|
702 |
|
|
R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
|
703 |
|
|
|
704 |
|
|
From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
|
705 |
|
|
matters. That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
|
706 |
|
|
and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
|
707 |
|
|
the same when searching got->entries. */
|
708 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
|
709 |
|
|
};
|
710 |
|
|
|
711 |
|
|
/* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation. */
|
712 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
|
713 |
|
|
|
714 |
|
|
/* Entry of the GOT. */
|
715 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry
|
716 |
|
|
{
|
717 |
|
|
/* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable. This is the key. */
|
718 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
|
719 |
|
|
|
720 |
|
|
/* GOT entry data. We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after. */
|
721 |
|
|
union
|
722 |
|
|
{
|
723 |
|
|
struct
|
724 |
|
|
{
|
725 |
|
|
/* Number of times this entry is referenced. It is used to
|
726 |
|
|
filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook. */
|
727 |
|
|
bfd_vma refcount;
|
728 |
|
|
} s1;
|
729 |
|
|
|
730 |
|
|
struct
|
731 |
|
|
{
|
732 |
|
|
/* Offset from the start of .got section. To calculate offset relative
|
733 |
|
|
to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value. */
|
734 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
735 |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
/* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
|
737 |
|
|
Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
|
738 |
|
|
have entries in more than one GOT.
|
739 |
|
|
Root of this list is h->glist.
|
740 |
|
|
NULL for local symbols. */
|
741 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
|
742 |
|
|
} s2;
|
743 |
|
|
} u;
|
744 |
|
|
};
|
745 |
|
|
|
746 |
|
|
/* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
|
747 |
|
|
This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
|
748 |
|
|
switches etc. */
|
749 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
|
751 |
|
|
elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
|
752 |
|
|
{
|
753 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
754 |
|
|
{
|
755 |
|
|
/* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
|
756 |
|
|
handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation. In cases when we need
|
757 |
|
|
to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
|
758 |
|
|
r_type. */
|
759 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32:
|
760 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16:
|
761 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8:
|
762 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
763 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16O:
|
764 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8O:
|
765 |
|
|
return R_68K_GOT32O;
|
766 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
768 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
|
769 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
|
770 |
|
|
return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
|
771 |
|
|
|
772 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
773 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
|
774 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
775 |
|
|
return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
|
776 |
|
|
|
777 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
778 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
|
779 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
780 |
|
|
return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
|
781 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
default:
|
783 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
784 |
|
|
return 0;
|
785 |
|
|
}
|
786 |
|
|
}
|
787 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
/* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE. */
|
789 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
|
791 |
|
|
elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
|
792 |
|
|
{
|
793 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
794 |
|
|
{
|
795 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
|
796 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
797 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
798 |
|
|
return R_32;
|
799 |
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
|
801 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
|
802 |
|
|
return R_16;
|
803 |
|
|
|
804 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
805 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
806 |
|
|
return R_8;
|
807 |
|
|
|
808 |
|
|
default:
|
809 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
810 |
|
|
return 0;
|
811 |
|
|
}
|
812 |
|
|
}
|
813 |
|
|
|
814 |
|
|
/* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
|
815 |
|
|
relocation R_TYPE. */
|
816 |
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
818 |
|
|
elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
|
819 |
|
|
{
|
820 |
|
|
switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
|
821 |
|
|
{
|
822 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
823 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
824 |
|
|
return 1;
|
825 |
|
|
|
826 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
827 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
828 |
|
|
return 2;
|
829 |
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
default:
|
831 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
832 |
|
|
return 0;
|
833 |
|
|
}
|
834 |
|
|
}
|
835 |
|
|
|
836 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one. */
|
837 |
|
|
|
838 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
839 |
|
|
elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
|
840 |
|
|
{
|
841 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
842 |
|
|
{
|
843 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
|
844 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
845 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
|
846 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
847 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
|
848 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
|
849 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
850 |
|
|
|
851 |
|
|
default:
|
852 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
853 |
|
|
}
|
854 |
|
|
}
|
855 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
|
/* Data structure representing a single GOT. */
|
857 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got
|
858 |
|
|
{
|
859 |
|
|
/* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
|
860 |
|
|
Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
|
861 |
|
|
R_68K_GOT8O entries. */
|
862 |
|
|
htab_t entries;
|
863 |
|
|
|
864 |
|
|
/* Number of R_x slots in this GOT. Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
|
865 |
|
|
several GOT slots.
|
866 |
|
|
|
867 |
|
|
n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
|
868 |
|
|
n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
|
869 |
|
|
in this GOT.
|
870 |
|
|
n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
|
871 |
|
|
in this GOT. This is the total number of slots. */
|
872 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
|
873 |
|
|
|
874 |
|
|
/* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
|
875 |
|
|
This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
|
876 |
|
|
see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. */
|
877 |
|
|
bfd_vma local_n_slots;
|
878 |
|
|
|
879 |
|
|
/* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section. */
|
880 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
881 |
|
|
};
|
882 |
|
|
|
883 |
|
|
/* BFD and its GOT. This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable. */
|
884 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
|
885 |
|
|
{
|
886 |
|
|
/* BFD. */
|
887 |
|
|
const bfd *bfd;
|
888 |
|
|
|
889 |
|
|
/* Assigned GOT. Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
|
890 |
|
|
GOT structure. After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
|
891 |
|
|
share a single GOT. */
|
892 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
893 |
|
|
};
|
894 |
|
|
|
895 |
|
|
/* The main data structure holding all the pieces. */
|
896 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_multi_got
|
897 |
|
|
{
|
898 |
|
|
/* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT. If a BFD doesn't have an entry
|
899 |
|
|
here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
|
900 |
|
|
having an empty GOT).
|
901 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id. */
|
903 |
|
|
htab_t bfd2got;
|
904 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
/* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
|
906 |
|
|
h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter. */
|
907 |
|
|
unsigned long global_symndx;
|
908 |
|
|
};
|
909 |
|
|
|
910 |
|
|
/* m68k ELF linker hash table. */
|
911 |
|
|
|
912 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
|
913 |
|
|
{
|
914 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table root;
|
915 |
|
|
|
916 |
|
|
/* Small local sym cache. */
|
917 |
|
|
struct sym_cache sym_cache;
|
918 |
|
|
|
919 |
|
|
/* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
|
920 |
|
|
yet been chosen. */
|
921 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
|
922 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
/* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
|
924 |
|
|
Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled. */
|
925 |
|
|
bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
|
926 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
|
/* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs. */
|
928 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
|
929 |
|
|
|
930 |
|
|
/* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs. */
|
931 |
|
|
bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
|
932 |
|
|
|
933 |
|
|
/* Multi-GOT data structure. */
|
934 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
|
935 |
|
|
};
|
936 |
|
|
|
937 |
|
|
/* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
938 |
|
|
|
939 |
|
|
#define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
|
940 |
|
|
(elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
|
941 |
|
|
== M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
|
942 |
|
|
|
943 |
|
|
/* Shortcut to multi-GOT data. */
|
944 |
|
|
#define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
|
945 |
|
|
|
946 |
|
|
/* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
|
947 |
|
|
|
948 |
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
949 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
950 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
951 |
|
|
const char *string)
|
952 |
|
|
{
|
953 |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
|
954 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
956 |
|
|
subclass. */
|
957 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
958 |
|
|
ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
959 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
|
960 |
|
|
if (ret == NULL)
|
961 |
|
|
return ret;
|
962 |
|
|
|
963 |
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
964 |
|
|
ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
|
965 |
|
|
if (ret != NULL)
|
966 |
|
|
{
|
967 |
|
|
elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
|
968 |
|
|
elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
|
969 |
|
|
elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
|
970 |
|
|
}
|
971 |
|
|
|
972 |
|
|
return ret;
|
973 |
|
|
}
|
974 |
|
|
|
975 |
|
|
/* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
|
976 |
|
|
|
977 |
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
978 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
979 |
|
|
{
|
980 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
|
981 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
|
982 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
984 |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
|
985 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
986 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
|
988 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
|
989 |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
|
990 |
|
|
M68K_ELF_DATA))
|
991 |
|
|
{
|
992 |
|
|
free (ret);
|
993 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
994 |
|
|
}
|
995 |
|
|
|
996 |
|
|
ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
|
997 |
|
|
ret->plt_info = NULL;
|
998 |
|
|
ret->local_gp_p = FALSE;
|
999 |
|
|
ret->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
|
1000 |
|
|
ret->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
|
1001 |
|
|
ret->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
|
1002 |
|
|
ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
|
1003 |
|
|
|
1004 |
|
|
return &ret->root.root;
|
1005 |
|
|
}
|
1006 |
|
|
|
1007 |
|
|
/* Destruct local data. */
|
1008 |
|
|
|
1009 |
|
|
static void
|
1010 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *_htab)
|
1011 |
|
|
{
|
1012 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
|
1013 |
|
|
|
1014 |
|
|
htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) _htab;
|
1015 |
|
|
|
1016 |
|
|
if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
|
1017 |
|
|
{
|
1018 |
|
|
htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
|
1019 |
|
|
htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
|
1020 |
|
|
}
|
1021 |
|
|
}
|
1022 |
|
|
|
1023 |
|
|
/* Set the right machine number. */
|
1024 |
|
|
|
1025 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1026 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
|
1027 |
|
|
{
|
1028 |
|
|
unsigned int mach = 0;
|
1029 |
|
|
unsigned features = 0;
|
1030 |
|
|
flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
|
1031 |
|
|
|
1032 |
|
|
if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
|
1033 |
|
|
features |= m68000;
|
1034 |
|
|
else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
|
1035 |
|
|
features |= cpu32;
|
1036 |
|
|
else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
|
1037 |
|
|
features |= fido_a;
|
1038 |
|
|
else
|
1039 |
|
|
{
|
1040 |
|
|
switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
|
1041 |
|
|
{
|
1042 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
|
1043 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a;
|
1044 |
|
|
break;
|
1045 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
|
1046 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
|
1047 |
|
|
break;
|
1048 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
|
1049 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
|
1050 |
|
|
break;
|
1051 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
|
1052 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
|
1053 |
|
|
break;
|
1054 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
|
1055 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
|
1056 |
|
|
break;
|
1057 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
|
1058 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
|
1059 |
|
|
break;
|
1060 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
|
1061 |
|
|
features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
|
1062 |
|
|
break;
|
1063 |
|
|
}
|
1064 |
|
|
switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
|
1065 |
|
|
{
|
1066 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
|
1067 |
|
|
features |= mcfmac;
|
1068 |
|
|
break;
|
1069 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
|
1070 |
|
|
features |= mcfemac;
|
1071 |
|
|
break;
|
1072 |
|
|
}
|
1073 |
|
|
if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
|
1074 |
|
|
features |= cfloat;
|
1075 |
|
|
}
|
1076 |
|
|
|
1077 |
|
|
mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
|
1078 |
|
|
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
|
1079 |
|
|
|
1080 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1081 |
|
|
}
|
1082 |
|
|
|
1083 |
|
|
/* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
|
1084 |
|
|
field based on the machine number. */
|
1085 |
|
|
|
1086 |
|
|
static void
|
1087 |
|
|
elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
|
1088 |
|
|
bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
1089 |
|
|
{
|
1090 |
|
|
int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
|
1091 |
|
|
unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
|
1092 |
|
|
|
1093 |
|
|
if (!e_flags)
|
1094 |
|
|
{
|
1095 |
|
|
unsigned int arch_mask;
|
1096 |
|
|
|
1097 |
|
|
arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
|
1098 |
|
|
|
1099 |
|
|
if (arch_mask & m68000)
|
1100 |
|
|
e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
|
1101 |
|
|
else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
|
1102 |
|
|
e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
|
1103 |
|
|
else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
|
1104 |
|
|
e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
|
1105 |
|
|
else
|
1106 |
|
|
{
|
1107 |
|
|
switch (arch_mask
|
1108 |
|
|
& (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
|
1109 |
|
|
{
|
1110 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a:
|
1111 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
|
1112 |
|
|
break;
|
1113 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
|
1114 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
|
1115 |
|
|
break;
|
1116 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
|
1117 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
|
1118 |
|
|
break;
|
1119 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
|
1120 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
|
1121 |
|
|
break;
|
1122 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
|
1123 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
|
1124 |
|
|
break;
|
1125 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
|
1126 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
|
1127 |
|
|
break;
|
1128 |
|
|
case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
|
1129 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
|
1130 |
|
|
break;
|
1131 |
|
|
}
|
1132 |
|
|
if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
|
1133 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
|
1134 |
|
|
else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
|
1135 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
|
1136 |
|
|
if (arch_mask & cfloat)
|
1137 |
|
|
e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
|
1138 |
|
|
}
|
1139 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
|
1140 |
|
|
}
|
1141 |
|
|
}
|
1142 |
|
|
|
1143 |
|
|
/* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header. */
|
1144 |
|
|
|
1145 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1146 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
|
1147 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
1148 |
|
|
flagword flags;
|
1149 |
|
|
{
|
1150 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
1151 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
|
1152 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1153 |
|
|
}
|
1154 |
|
|
|
1155 |
|
|
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
|
1156 |
|
|
object file when linking. */
|
1157 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1158 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
|
1159 |
|
|
bfd *ibfd;
|
1160 |
|
|
bfd *obfd;
|
1161 |
|
|
{
|
1162 |
|
|
flagword out_flags;
|
1163 |
|
|
flagword in_flags;
|
1164 |
|
|
flagword out_isa;
|
1165 |
|
|
flagword in_isa;
|
1166 |
|
|
const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
|
1167 |
|
|
|
1168 |
|
|
if ( bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
1169 |
|
|
|| bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
1170 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1171 |
|
|
|
1172 |
|
|
/* Get the merged machine. This checks for incompatibility between
|
1173 |
|
|
Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
|
1174 |
|
|
Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types. */
|
1175 |
|
|
arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
|
1176 |
|
|
if (!arch_info)
|
1177 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1178 |
|
|
|
1179 |
|
|
bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
|
1180 |
|
|
|
1181 |
|
|
in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
1182 |
|
|
if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
1183 |
|
|
{
|
1184 |
|
|
elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
|
1185 |
|
|
out_flags = in_flags;
|
1186 |
|
|
}
|
1187 |
|
|
else
|
1188 |
|
|
{
|
1189 |
|
|
out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
|
1190 |
|
|
unsigned int variant_mask;
|
1191 |
|
|
|
1192 |
|
|
if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
|
1193 |
|
|
variant_mask = 0;
|
1194 |
|
|
else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
|
1195 |
|
|
variant_mask = 0;
|
1196 |
|
|
else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
|
1197 |
|
|
variant_mask = 0;
|
1198 |
|
|
else
|
1199 |
|
|
variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
|
1200 |
|
|
|
1201 |
|
|
in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
|
1202 |
|
|
out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
|
1203 |
|
|
if (in_isa > out_isa)
|
1204 |
|
|
out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
|
1205 |
|
|
if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
|
1206 |
|
|
&& (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
|
1207 |
|
|
|| ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
|
1208 |
|
|
&& (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
|
1209 |
|
|
out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
|
1210 |
|
|
else
|
1211 |
|
|
out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
|
1212 |
|
|
}
|
1213 |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
|
1214 |
|
|
|
1215 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1216 |
|
|
}
|
1217 |
|
|
|
1218 |
|
|
/* Display the flags field. */
|
1219 |
|
|
|
1220 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1221 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
|
1222 |
|
|
{
|
1223 |
|
|
FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
|
1224 |
|
|
flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
|
1225 |
|
|
|
1226 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
|
1227 |
|
|
|
1228 |
|
|
/* Print normal ELF private data. */
|
1229 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
|
1230 |
|
|
|
1231 |
|
|
/* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data. */
|
1232 |
|
|
|
1233 |
|
|
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
1234 |
|
|
fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
|
1235 |
|
|
|
1236 |
|
|
if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
|
1237 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
|
1238 |
|
|
else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
|
1239 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
|
1240 |
|
|
else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
|
1241 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [fido]");
|
1242 |
|
|
else
|
1243 |
|
|
{
|
1244 |
|
|
if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
|
1245 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
|
1246 |
|
|
|
1247 |
|
|
if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
|
1248 |
|
|
{
|
1249 |
|
|
char const *isa = _("unknown");
|
1250 |
|
|
char const *mac = _("unknown");
|
1251 |
|
|
char const *additional = "";
|
1252 |
|
|
|
1253 |
|
|
switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
|
1254 |
|
|
{
|
1255 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
|
1256 |
|
|
isa = "A";
|
1257 |
|
|
additional = " [nodiv]";
|
1258 |
|
|
break;
|
1259 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
|
1260 |
|
|
isa = "A";
|
1261 |
|
|
break;
|
1262 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
|
1263 |
|
|
isa = "A+";
|
1264 |
|
|
break;
|
1265 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
|
1266 |
|
|
isa = "B";
|
1267 |
|
|
additional = " [nousp]";
|
1268 |
|
|
break;
|
1269 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
|
1270 |
|
|
isa = "B";
|
1271 |
|
|
break;
|
1272 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
|
1273 |
|
|
isa = "C";
|
1274 |
|
|
break;
|
1275 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
|
1276 |
|
|
isa = "C";
|
1277 |
|
|
additional = " [nodiv]";
|
1278 |
|
|
break;
|
1279 |
|
|
}
|
1280 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
|
1281 |
|
|
|
1282 |
|
|
if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
|
1283 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [float]");
|
1284 |
|
|
|
1285 |
|
|
switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
|
1286 |
|
|
{
|
1287 |
|
|
case 0:
|
1288 |
|
|
mac = NULL;
|
1289 |
|
|
break;
|
1290 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
|
1291 |
|
|
mac = "mac";
|
1292 |
|
|
break;
|
1293 |
|
|
case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
|
1294 |
|
|
mac = "emac";
|
1295 |
|
|
break;
|
1296 |
|
|
}
|
1297 |
|
|
if (mac)
|
1298 |
|
|
fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
|
1299 |
|
|
}
|
1300 |
|
|
}
|
1301 |
|
|
|
1302 |
|
|
fputc ('\n', file);
|
1303 |
|
|
|
1304 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1305 |
|
|
}
|
1306 |
|
|
|
1307 |
|
|
/* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
|
1308 |
|
|
|
1309 |
|
|
Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook. There we scan all
|
1310 |
|
|
relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
|
1311 |
|
|
for it. If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
|
1312 |
|
|
R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
|
1313 |
|
|
to user.
|
1314 |
|
|
After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
|
1315 |
|
|
constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
|
1316 |
|
|
|
1317 |
|
|
To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
|
1318 |
|
|
(as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
|
1319 |
|
|
to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space. Ideally [and in most
|
1320 |
|
|
cases] we end up with a single GOT. In cases when there are too many
|
1321 |
|
|
restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
|
1322 |
|
|
several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
|
1323 |
|
|
|
1324 |
|
|
Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. We start with
|
1325 |
|
|
an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
|
1326 |
|
|
local GOTs to the new 'big' one. We do that by constructing an
|
1327 |
|
|
intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
|
1328 |
|
|
GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
|
1329 |
|
|
all the entries from diff. On success we add those entries to the big
|
1330 |
|
|
GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
|
1331 |
|
|
entries from the local GOT. Note that this retry will always succeed as
|
1332 |
|
|
each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits. After partitioning we
|
1333 |
|
|
end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs. GOT entries in the
|
1334 |
|
|
big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets. Note that big GOTs are
|
1335 |
|
|
positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
|
1336 |
|
|
to the outside world.
|
1337 |
|
|
|
1338 |
|
|
After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section. There we
|
1339 |
|
|
adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
|
1340 |
|
|
relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
|
1341 |
|
|
big GOT.
|
1342 |
|
|
|
1343 |
|
|
Notes:
|
1344 |
|
|
|
1345 |
|
|
GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
|
1346 |
|
|
* R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
|
1347 |
|
|
R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation. We can have at most 0x40
|
1348 |
|
|
such entries in one GOT.
|
1349 |
|
|
* R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
|
1350 |
|
|
R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
|
1351 |
|
|
We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
|
1352 |
|
|
* R_32 type is used in all other cases. We can have as many
|
1353 |
|
|
such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
|
1354 |
|
|
When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
|
1355 |
|
|
ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
|
1356 |
|
|
to correctly detect overflow.
|
1357 |
|
|
|
1358 |
|
|
Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
|
1359 |
|
|
R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
|
1360 |
|
|
R_32 entries go at the end. See finalize_got_offsets for details.
|
1361 |
|
|
|
1362 |
|
|
Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
|
1363 |
|
|
negative offsets. As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
|
1364 |
|
|
start of .got section, the offset values are positive. They become
|
1365 |
|
|
negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
|
1366 |
|
|
subtracted from them.
|
1367 |
|
|
|
1368 |
|
|
3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
|
1369 |
|
|
by loader. These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
|
1370 |
|
|
so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
|
1371 |
|
|
|
1372 |
|
|
Memory management: All data except for hashtables
|
1373 |
|
|
multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
|
1374 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
|
1375 |
|
|
to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them. At the
|
1376 |
|
|
moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
|
1377 |
|
|
structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
|
1378 |
|
|
elf_m68k_multi_got (info). We deallocate them in
|
1379 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free. */
|
1380 |
|
|
|
1381 |
|
|
/* Initialize GOT. */
|
1382 |
|
|
|
1383 |
|
|
static void
|
1384 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
|
1385 |
|
|
{
|
1386 |
|
|
got->entries = NULL;
|
1387 |
|
|
got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
|
1388 |
|
|
got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
|
1389 |
|
|
got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
|
1390 |
|
|
got->local_n_slots = 0;
|
1391 |
|
|
got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
1392 |
|
|
}
|
1393 |
|
|
|
1394 |
|
|
/* Destruct GOT. */
|
1395 |
|
|
|
1396 |
|
|
static void
|
1397 |
|
|
elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
|
1398 |
|
|
{
|
1399 |
|
|
if (got->entries != NULL)
|
1400 |
|
|
{
|
1401 |
|
|
htab_delete (got->entries);
|
1402 |
|
|
got->entries = NULL;
|
1403 |
|
|
}
|
1404 |
|
|
}
|
1405 |
|
|
|
1406 |
|
|
/* Create and empty GOT structure. INFO is the context where memory
|
1407 |
|
|
should be allocated. */
|
1408 |
|
|
|
1409 |
|
|
static struct elf_m68k_got *
|
1410 |
|
|
elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
1411 |
|
|
{
|
1412 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
1413 |
|
|
|
1414 |
|
|
got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
|
1415 |
|
|
if (got == NULL)
|
1416 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1417 |
|
|
|
1418 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got (got);
|
1419 |
|
|
|
1420 |
|
|
return got;
|
1421 |
|
|
}
|
1422 |
|
|
|
1423 |
|
|
/* Initialize KEY. */
|
1424 |
|
|
|
1425 |
|
|
static void
|
1426 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
|
1427 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
1428 |
|
|
const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
|
1429 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
|
1430 |
|
|
{
|
1431 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
|
1432 |
|
|
/* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry. */
|
1433 |
|
|
{
|
1434 |
|
|
key->bfd = NULL;
|
1435 |
|
|
key->symndx = 0;
|
1436 |
|
|
}
|
1437 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL)
|
1438 |
|
|
/* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key. */
|
1439 |
|
|
{
|
1440 |
|
|
key->bfd = NULL;
|
1441 |
|
|
key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
|
1442 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
|
1443 |
|
|
}
|
1444 |
|
|
else
|
1445 |
|
|
/* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx. */
|
1446 |
|
|
{
|
1447 |
|
|
key->bfd = abfd;
|
1448 |
|
|
key->symndx = symndx;
|
1449 |
|
|
}
|
1450 |
|
|
|
1451 |
|
|
key->type = reloc_type;
|
1452 |
|
|
}
|
1453 |
|
|
|
1454 |
|
|
/* Calculate hash of got_entry.
|
1455 |
|
|
??? Is it good? */
|
1456 |
|
|
|
1457 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
1458 |
|
|
elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
|
1459 |
|
|
{
|
1460 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
|
1461 |
|
|
|
1462 |
|
|
key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
|
1463 |
|
|
|
1464 |
|
|
return (key->symndx
|
1465 |
|
|
+ (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
|
1466 |
|
|
+ elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
|
1467 |
|
|
}
|
1468 |
|
|
|
1469 |
|
|
/* Check if two got entries are equal. */
|
1470 |
|
|
|
1471 |
|
|
static int
|
1472 |
|
|
elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
|
1473 |
|
|
{
|
1474 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
|
1475 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
|
1476 |
|
|
|
1477 |
|
|
key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
|
1478 |
|
|
key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
|
1479 |
|
|
|
1480 |
|
|
return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
|
1481 |
|
|
&& key1->symndx == key2->symndx
|
1482 |
|
|
&& (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
|
1483 |
|
|
== elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
|
1484 |
|
|
}
|
1485 |
|
|
|
1486 |
|
|
/* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
|
1487 |
|
|
and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
|
1488 |
|
|
offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots. */
|
1489 |
|
|
|
1490 |
|
|
/* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT. */
|
1491 |
|
|
#define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
|
1492 |
|
|
(elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
|
1493 |
|
|
? (0x40 - 1) \
|
1494 |
|
|
: 0x20)
|
1495 |
|
|
|
1496 |
|
|
/* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT. */
|
1497 |
|
|
#define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
|
1498 |
|
|
(elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
|
1499 |
|
|
? (0x4000 - 2) \
|
1500 |
|
|
: 0x2000)
|
1501 |
|
|
|
1502 |
|
|
/* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
|
1503 |
|
|
the entry cannot be found.
|
1504 |
|
|
FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
|
1505 |
|
|
no such.
|
1506 |
|
|
MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
|
1507 |
|
|
MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one. */
|
1508 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
|
1509 |
|
|
{
|
1510 |
|
|
SEARCH,
|
1511 |
|
|
FIND_OR_CREATE,
|
1512 |
|
|
MUST_FIND,
|
1513 |
|
|
MUST_CREATE
|
1514 |
|
|
};
|
1515 |
|
|
|
1516 |
|
|
/* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
|
1517 |
|
|
INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
|
1518 |
|
|
HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND). */
|
1519 |
|
|
|
1520 |
|
|
static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
|
1521 |
|
|
elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
1522 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
|
1523 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
|
1524 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
1525 |
|
|
{
|
1526 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
|
1527 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
|
1528 |
|
|
void **ptr;
|
1529 |
|
|
|
1530 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
|
1531 |
|
|
|
1532 |
|
|
if (got->entries == NULL)
|
1533 |
|
|
/* This is the first entry in ABFD. Initialize hashtable. */
|
1534 |
|
|
{
|
1535 |
|
|
if (howto == SEARCH)
|
1536 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1537 |
|
|
|
1538 |
|
|
got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
|
1539 |
|
|
(info),
|
1540 |
|
|
elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
|
1541 |
|
|
elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
|
1542 |
|
|
if (got->entries == NULL)
|
1543 |
|
|
{
|
1544 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
1545 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1546 |
|
|
}
|
1547 |
|
|
}
|
1548 |
|
|
|
1549 |
|
|
entry_.key_ = *key;
|
1550 |
|
|
ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
|
1551 |
|
|
? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
|
1552 |
|
|
if (ptr == NULL)
|
1553 |
|
|
{
|
1554 |
|
|
if (howto == SEARCH)
|
1555 |
|
|
/* Entry not found. */
|
1556 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1557 |
|
|
|
1558 |
|
|
/* We're out of memory. */
|
1559 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
1560 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1561 |
|
|
}
|
1562 |
|
|
|
1563 |
|
|
if (*ptr == NULL)
|
1564 |
|
|
/* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one. */
|
1565 |
|
|
{
|
1566 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
|
1567 |
|
|
|
1568 |
|
|
entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
|
1569 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
1570 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1571 |
|
|
|
1572 |
|
|
/* Initialize new entry. */
|
1573 |
|
|
entry->key_ = *key;
|
1574 |
|
|
|
1575 |
|
|
entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
|
1576 |
|
|
|
1577 |
|
|
/* Mark the entry as not initialized. */
|
1578 |
|
|
entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
|
1579 |
|
|
|
1580 |
|
|
*ptr = entry;
|
1581 |
|
|
}
|
1582 |
|
|
else
|
1583 |
|
|
/* We found the entry. */
|
1584 |
|
|
{
|
1585 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
|
1586 |
|
|
|
1587 |
|
|
entry = *ptr;
|
1588 |
|
|
}
|
1589 |
|
|
|
1590 |
|
|
return entry;
|
1591 |
|
|
}
|
1592 |
|
|
|
1593 |
|
|
/* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
|
1594 |
|
|
Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set. */
|
1595 |
|
|
|
1596 |
|
|
static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
|
1597 |
|
|
elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
1598 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
|
1599 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
|
1600 |
|
|
{
|
1601 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
|
1602 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
|
1603 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_slots;
|
1604 |
|
|
|
1605 |
|
|
if (was == R_68K_max)
|
1606 |
|
|
/* The type of the entry is not initialized yet. */
|
1607 |
|
|
{
|
1608 |
|
|
/* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32]. */
|
1609 |
|
|
was_size = R_LAST;
|
1610 |
|
|
|
1611 |
|
|
was = new_reloc;
|
1612 |
|
|
}
|
1613 |
|
|
else
|
1614 |
|
|
{
|
1615 |
|
|
/* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
|
1616 |
|
|
in such a case. */
|
1617 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
|
1618 |
|
|
== elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
|
1619 |
|
|
|
1620 |
|
|
was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
|
1621 |
|
|
}
|
1622 |
|
|
|
1623 |
|
|
new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
|
1624 |
|
|
n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
|
1625 |
|
|
|
1626 |
|
|
while (was_size > new_size)
|
1627 |
|
|
{
|
1628 |
|
|
--was_size;
|
1629 |
|
|
got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
|
1630 |
|
|
}
|
1631 |
|
|
|
1632 |
|
|
if (new_reloc > was)
|
1633 |
|
|
/* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
|
1634 |
|
|
so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size. */
|
1635 |
|
|
was = new_reloc;
|
1636 |
|
|
|
1637 |
|
|
return was;
|
1638 |
|
|
}
|
1639 |
|
|
|
1640 |
|
|
/* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE. */
|
1641 |
|
|
|
1642 |
|
|
static void
|
1643 |
|
|
elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
1644 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
|
1645 |
|
|
{
|
1646 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
|
1647 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_slots;
|
1648 |
|
|
|
1649 |
|
|
n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
|
1650 |
|
|
|
1651 |
|
|
/* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
|
1652 |
|
|
and all greater offset sizes. */
|
1653 |
|
|
for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
|
1654 |
|
|
{
|
1655 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
|
1656 |
|
|
|
1657 |
|
|
got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
|
1658 |
|
|
}
|
1659 |
|
|
}
|
1660 |
|
|
|
1661 |
|
|
/* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
|
1662 |
|
|
H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
|
1663 |
|
|
INFO is a context where memory should be allocated. */
|
1664 |
|
|
|
1665 |
|
|
static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
|
1666 |
|
|
elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
1667 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
1668 |
|
|
const bfd *abfd,
|
1669 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
|
1670 |
|
|
unsigned long symndx,
|
1671 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
1672 |
|
|
{
|
1673 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
|
1674 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
|
1675 |
|
|
|
1676 |
|
|
if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
|
1677 |
|
|
elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
|
1678 |
|
|
= elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
|
1679 |
|
|
|
1680 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
|
1681 |
|
|
|
1682 |
|
|
entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
|
1683 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
1684 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1685 |
|
|
|
1686 |
|
|
/* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters. */
|
1687 |
|
|
entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
|
1688 |
|
|
entry->key_.type,
|
1689 |
|
|
reloc_type);
|
1690 |
|
|
|
1691 |
|
|
/* Update refcount. */
|
1692 |
|
|
++entry->u.s1.refcount;
|
1693 |
|
|
|
1694 |
|
|
if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
|
1695 |
|
|
/* We see this entry for the first time. */
|
1696 |
|
|
{
|
1697 |
|
|
if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
|
1698 |
|
|
got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
|
1699 |
|
|
}
|
1700 |
|
|
|
1701 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
|
1702 |
|
|
|
1703 |
|
|
if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
|
1704 |
|
|
> ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
|
1705 |
|
|
|| (got->n_slots[R_16]
|
1706 |
|
|
> ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
|
1707 |
|
|
/* This BFD has too many relocation. */
|
1708 |
|
|
{
|
1709 |
|
|
if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
|
1710 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
|
1711 |
|
|
"Number of relocations with 8-bit "
|
1712 |
|
|
"offset > %d"),
|
1713 |
|
|
abfd,
|
1714 |
|
|
ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
|
1715 |
|
|
else
|
1716 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
|
1717 |
|
|
"Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
|
1718 |
|
|
"offset > %d"),
|
1719 |
|
|
abfd,
|
1720 |
|
|
ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
|
1721 |
|
|
|
1722 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1723 |
|
|
}
|
1724 |
|
|
|
1725 |
|
|
return entry;
|
1726 |
|
|
}
|
1727 |
|
|
|
1728 |
|
|
/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
|
1729 |
|
|
|
1730 |
|
|
static hashval_t
|
1731 |
|
|
elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
|
1732 |
|
|
{
|
1733 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
|
1734 |
|
|
|
1735 |
|
|
e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
|
1736 |
|
|
|
1737 |
|
|
return e->bfd->id;
|
1738 |
|
|
}
|
1739 |
|
|
|
1740 |
|
|
/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
|
1741 |
|
|
|
1742 |
|
|
static int
|
1743 |
|
|
elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
|
1744 |
|
|
{
|
1745 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
|
1746 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
|
1747 |
|
|
|
1748 |
|
|
e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
|
1749 |
|
|
e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
|
1750 |
|
|
|
1751 |
|
|
return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
|
1752 |
|
|
}
|
1753 |
|
|
|
1754 |
|
|
/* Destruct a bfd2got entry. */
|
1755 |
|
|
|
1756 |
|
|
static void
|
1757 |
|
|
elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
|
1758 |
|
|
{
|
1759 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
|
1760 |
|
|
|
1761 |
|
|
entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
|
1762 |
|
|
|
1763 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
|
1764 |
|
|
elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
|
1765 |
|
|
}
|
1766 |
|
|
|
1767 |
|
|
/* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
|
1768 |
|
|
MULTI_GOT. ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for. INFO is a context where
|
1769 |
|
|
memory should be allocated. */
|
1770 |
|
|
|
1771 |
|
|
static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
|
1772 |
|
|
elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
|
1773 |
|
|
const bfd *abfd,
|
1774 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
|
1775 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
1776 |
|
|
{
|
1777 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
|
1778 |
|
|
void **ptr;
|
1779 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
|
1780 |
|
|
|
1781 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
|
1782 |
|
|
|
1783 |
|
|
if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
|
1784 |
|
|
/* This is the first GOT. Initialize bfd2got. */
|
1785 |
|
|
{
|
1786 |
|
|
if (howto == SEARCH)
|
1787 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1788 |
|
|
|
1789 |
|
|
multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
|
1790 |
|
|
elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
|
1791 |
|
|
elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
|
1792 |
|
|
if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
|
1793 |
|
|
{
|
1794 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
1795 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1796 |
|
|
}
|
1797 |
|
|
}
|
1798 |
|
|
|
1799 |
|
|
entry_.bfd = abfd;
|
1800 |
|
|
ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
|
1801 |
|
|
? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
|
1802 |
|
|
if (ptr == NULL)
|
1803 |
|
|
{
|
1804 |
|
|
if (howto == SEARCH)
|
1805 |
|
|
/* Entry not found. */
|
1806 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1807 |
|
|
|
1808 |
|
|
/* We're out of memory. */
|
1809 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
1810 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1811 |
|
|
}
|
1812 |
|
|
|
1813 |
|
|
if (*ptr == NULL)
|
1814 |
|
|
/* Entry was not found. Create new one. */
|
1815 |
|
|
{
|
1816 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
|
1817 |
|
|
|
1818 |
|
|
entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
|
1819 |
|
|
bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
|
1820 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
1821 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1822 |
|
|
|
1823 |
|
|
entry->bfd = abfd;
|
1824 |
|
|
|
1825 |
|
|
entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
|
1826 |
|
|
if (entry->got == NULL)
|
1827 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
1828 |
|
|
|
1829 |
|
|
*ptr = entry;
|
1830 |
|
|
}
|
1831 |
|
|
else
|
1832 |
|
|
{
|
1833 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
|
1834 |
|
|
|
1835 |
|
|
/* Return existing entry. */
|
1836 |
|
|
entry = *ptr;
|
1837 |
|
|
}
|
1838 |
|
|
|
1839 |
|
|
return entry;
|
1840 |
|
|
}
|
1841 |
|
|
|
1842 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
|
1843 |
|
|
{
|
1844 |
|
|
/* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against. */
|
1845 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *big;
|
1846 |
|
|
|
1847 |
|
|
/* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
|
1848 |
|
|
BIG. */
|
1849 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
|
1850 |
|
|
|
1851 |
|
|
/* Context where to allocate memory. */
|
1852 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
1853 |
|
|
|
1854 |
|
|
/* Error flag. */
|
1855 |
|
|
bfd_boolean error_p;
|
1856 |
|
|
};
|
1857 |
|
|
|
1858 |
|
|
/* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
|
1859 |
|
|
or updated in the big GOT. */
|
1860 |
|
|
|
1861 |
|
|
static int
|
1862 |
|
|
elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
|
1863 |
|
|
{
|
1864 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
|
1865 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
|
1866 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
|
1867 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
|
1868 |
|
|
|
1869 |
|
|
entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
|
1870 |
|
|
arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
|
1871 |
|
|
|
1872 |
|
|
entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
|
1873 |
|
|
|
1874 |
|
|
if (entry2 != NULL)
|
1875 |
|
|
/* We found an existing entry. Check if we should update it. */
|
1876 |
|
|
{
|
1877 |
|
|
type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
|
1878 |
|
|
entry2->key_.type,
|
1879 |
|
|
entry1->key_.type);
|
1880 |
|
|
|
1881 |
|
|
if (type == entry2->key_.type)
|
1882 |
|
|
/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2. Skip it.
|
1883 |
|
|
To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
|
1884 |
|
|
which we won't see in GOT entries for sure. */
|
1885 |
|
|
type = R_68K_max;
|
1886 |
|
|
}
|
1887 |
|
|
else
|
1888 |
|
|
/* We didn't find the entry. Add entry1 to DIFF. */
|
1889 |
|
|
{
|
1890 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
|
1891 |
|
|
|
1892 |
|
|
type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
|
1893 |
|
|
R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
|
1894 |
|
|
|
1895 |
|
|
if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
|
1896 |
|
|
arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
|
1897 |
|
|
}
|
1898 |
|
|
|
1899 |
|
|
if (type != R_68K_max)
|
1900 |
|
|
/* Create an entry in DIFF. */
|
1901 |
|
|
{
|
1902 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
|
1903 |
|
|
|
1904 |
|
|
entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
|
1905 |
|
|
arg->info);
|
1906 |
|
|
if (entry == NULL)
|
1907 |
|
|
{
|
1908 |
|
|
arg->error_p = TRUE;
|
1909 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1910 |
|
|
}
|
1911 |
|
|
|
1912 |
|
|
entry->key_.type = type;
|
1913 |
|
|
}
|
1914 |
|
|
|
1915 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1916 |
|
|
}
|
1917 |
|
|
|
1918 |
|
|
/* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
|
1919 |
|
|
Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
|
1920 |
|
|
in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
|
1921 |
|
|
INFO is the context where memory should be allocated. */
|
1922 |
|
|
|
1923 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1924 |
|
|
elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
|
1925 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
|
1926 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
1927 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
|
1928 |
|
|
{
|
1929 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
|
1930 |
|
|
|
1931 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
1932 |
|
|
|
1933 |
|
|
arg_.big = big;
|
1934 |
|
|
arg_.diff = diff;
|
1935 |
|
|
arg_.info = info;
|
1936 |
|
|
arg_.error_p = FALSE;
|
1937 |
|
|
htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
|
1938 |
|
|
if (arg_.error_p)
|
1939 |
|
|
{
|
1940 |
|
|
diff->offset = 0;
|
1941 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1942 |
|
|
}
|
1943 |
|
|
|
1944 |
|
|
/* Check for overflow. */
|
1945 |
|
|
if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
|
1946 |
|
|
> ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
|
1947 |
|
|
|| (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
|
1948 |
|
|
> ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
|
1949 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
1950 |
|
|
|
1951 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
1952 |
|
|
}
|
1953 |
|
|
|
1954 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
|
1955 |
|
|
{
|
1956 |
|
|
/* The BIG got. */
|
1957 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *big;
|
1958 |
|
|
|
1959 |
|
|
/* Context where memory should be allocated. */
|
1960 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
1961 |
|
|
|
1962 |
|
|
/* Error flag. */
|
1963 |
|
|
bfd_boolean error_p;
|
1964 |
|
|
};
|
1965 |
|
|
|
1966 |
|
|
/* Process a single entry from DIFF got. Add or update corresponding
|
1967 |
|
|
entry in the BIG got. */
|
1968 |
|
|
|
1969 |
|
|
static int
|
1970 |
|
|
elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
|
1971 |
|
|
{
|
1972 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
|
1973 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
|
1974 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
|
1975 |
|
|
|
1976 |
|
|
from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
|
1977 |
|
|
arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
|
1978 |
|
|
|
1979 |
|
|
to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
|
1980 |
|
|
arg->info);
|
1981 |
|
|
if (to == NULL)
|
1982 |
|
|
{
|
1983 |
|
|
arg->error_p = TRUE;
|
1984 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1985 |
|
|
}
|
1986 |
|
|
|
1987 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
|
1988 |
|
|
/* All we need to merge is TYPE. */
|
1989 |
|
|
to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
|
1990 |
|
|
|
1991 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1992 |
|
|
}
|
1993 |
|
|
|
1994 |
|
|
/* Merge data from DIFF to BIG. INFO is context where memory should be
|
1995 |
|
|
allocated. */
|
1996 |
|
|
|
1997 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
1998 |
|
|
elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
|
1999 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
|
2000 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2001 |
|
|
{
|
2002 |
|
|
if (diff->entries != NULL)
|
2003 |
|
|
/* DIFF is not empty. Merge it into BIG GOT. */
|
2004 |
|
|
{
|
2005 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
|
2006 |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
/* Merge entries. */
|
2008 |
|
|
arg_.big = big;
|
2009 |
|
|
arg_.info = info;
|
2010 |
|
|
arg_.error_p = FALSE;
|
2011 |
|
|
htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
|
2012 |
|
|
if (arg_.error_p)
|
2013 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2014 |
|
|
|
2015 |
|
|
/* Merge counters. */
|
2016 |
|
|
big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
|
2017 |
|
|
big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
|
2018 |
|
|
big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
|
2019 |
|
|
big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
|
2020 |
|
|
}
|
2021 |
|
|
else
|
2022 |
|
|
/* DIFF is empty. */
|
2023 |
|
|
{
|
2024 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
|
2025 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
|
2026 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
|
2027 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
|
2028 |
|
|
}
|
2029 |
|
|
|
2030 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
|
2031 |
|
|
|| ((big->n_slots[R_8]
|
2032 |
|
|
<= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
|
2033 |
|
|
&& (big->n_slots[R_16]
|
2034 |
|
|
<= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
|
2035 |
|
|
|
2036 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2037 |
|
|
}
|
2038 |
|
|
|
2039 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
|
2040 |
|
|
{
|
2041 |
|
|
/* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
|
2042 |
|
|
R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
|
2043 |
|
|
R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
|
2044 |
|
|
bfd_vma *offset1;
|
2045 |
|
|
bfd_vma *offset2;
|
2046 |
|
|
|
2047 |
|
|
/* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
|
2048 |
|
|
This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
|
2049 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
|
2050 |
|
|
|
2051 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
|
2052 |
|
|
};
|
2053 |
|
|
|
2054 |
|
|
/* Assign ENTRY an offset. Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
|
2055 |
|
|
along the way. */
|
2056 |
|
|
|
2057 |
|
|
static int
|
2058 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
|
2059 |
|
|
{
|
2060 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
|
2061 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
|
2062 |
|
|
|
2063 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
|
2064 |
|
|
bfd_vma entry_size;
|
2065 |
|
|
|
2066 |
|
|
entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
|
2067 |
|
|
arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
|
2068 |
|
|
|
2069 |
|
|
/* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots. */
|
2070 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
|
2071 |
|
|
|
2072 |
|
|
/* Get GOT offset size for the entry . */
|
2073 |
|
|
got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
|
2074 |
|
|
|
2075 |
|
|
/* Calculate entry size in bytes. */
|
2076 |
|
|
entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
|
2077 |
|
|
|
2078 |
|
|
/* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
|
2079 |
|
|
if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
|
2080 |
|
|
> arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
|
2081 |
|
|
{
|
2082 |
|
|
/* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
|
2083 |
|
|
got_offset_size. If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
|
2084 |
|
|
range for got_offset_size entries in
|
2085 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets. */
|
2086 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
|
2087 |
|
|
!= arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
|
2088 |
|
|
|
2089 |
|
|
/* Switch. */
|
2090 |
|
|
arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
|
2091 |
|
|
arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
|
2092 |
|
|
|
2093 |
|
|
/* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry. */
|
2094 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
|
2095 |
|
|
<= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
|
2096 |
|
|
}
|
2097 |
|
|
|
2098 |
|
|
/* Assign offset to entry. */
|
2099 |
|
|
entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
|
2100 |
|
|
arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
|
2101 |
|
|
|
2102 |
|
|
if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
|
2103 |
|
|
/* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H. */
|
2104 |
|
|
{
|
2105 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
|
2106 |
|
|
|
2107 |
|
|
h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
|
2108 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
2109 |
|
|
{
|
2110 |
|
|
entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
|
2111 |
|
|
h->glist = entry;
|
2112 |
|
|
}
|
2113 |
|
|
else
|
2114 |
|
|
/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then. */
|
2115 |
|
|
{
|
2116 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
|
2117 |
|
|
== R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
|
2118 |
|
|
&& entry->key_.symndx == 0);
|
2119 |
|
|
|
2120 |
|
|
++arg->n_ldm_entries;
|
2121 |
|
|
}
|
2122 |
|
|
}
|
2123 |
|
|
else
|
2124 |
|
|
/* This entry is for local symbol. */
|
2125 |
|
|
entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
|
2126 |
|
|
|
2127 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2128 |
|
|
}
|
2129 |
|
|
|
2130 |
|
|
/* Assign offsets within GOT. USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
|
2131 |
|
|
should use negative offsets.
|
2132 |
|
|
Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
|
2133 |
|
|
SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
|
2134 |
|
|
global symbols.
|
2135 |
|
|
Return offset at which next GOT should start. */
|
2136 |
|
|
|
2137 |
|
|
static void
|
2138 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
2139 |
|
|
bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
|
2140 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
|
2141 |
|
|
bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
|
2142 |
|
|
{
|
2143 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
|
2144 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
|
2145 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
|
2146 |
|
|
int i;
|
2147 |
|
|
bfd_vma start_offset;
|
2148 |
|
|
|
2149 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
2150 |
|
|
|
2151 |
|
|
/* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
|
2152 |
|
|
start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
|
2153 |
|
|
finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
|
2154 |
|
|
from. */
|
2155 |
|
|
|
2156 |
|
|
/* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2. */
|
2157 |
|
|
arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
|
2158 |
|
|
arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
|
2159 |
|
|
|
2160 |
|
|
start_offset = got->offset;
|
2161 |
|
|
|
2162 |
|
|
if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
|
2163 |
|
|
/* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
|
2164 |
|
|
i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
|
2165 |
|
|
else
|
2166 |
|
|
/* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
|
2167 |
|
|
i = (int) R_8;
|
2168 |
|
|
|
2169 |
|
|
for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
|
2170 |
|
|
{
|
2171 |
|
|
int j;
|
2172 |
|
|
size_t n;
|
2173 |
|
|
|
2174 |
|
|
/* Set beginning of the range of offsets I. */
|
2175 |
|
|
arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
|
2176 |
|
|
|
2177 |
|
|
/* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets. */
|
2178 |
|
|
j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
|
2179 |
|
|
n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
|
2180 |
|
|
n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
|
2181 |
|
|
|
2182 |
|
|
if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
|
2183 |
|
|
{
|
2184 |
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
2185 |
|
|
/* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
|
2186 |
|
|
end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
|
2187 |
|
|
whole 2-slot entry. Account for that at negative side of
|
2188 |
|
|
the interval with one additional entry. */
|
2189 |
|
|
n = n / 2 + 1;
|
2190 |
|
|
else
|
2191 |
|
|
/* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
|
2192 |
|
|
range one entry bigger. */
|
2193 |
|
|
n = (n + 1) / 2;
|
2194 |
|
|
}
|
2195 |
|
|
|
2196 |
|
|
/* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
|
2197 |
|
|
Calculate length of the range for I offsets. */
|
2198 |
|
|
n = 4 * n;
|
2199 |
|
|
|
2200 |
|
|
/* Set end of the range. */
|
2201 |
|
|
arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
|
2202 |
|
|
|
2203 |
|
|
start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
|
2204 |
|
|
}
|
2205 |
|
|
|
2206 |
|
|
if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
|
2207 |
|
|
/* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
|
2208 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
|
2209 |
|
|
the bug. */
|
2210 |
|
|
for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
|
2211 |
|
|
arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
|
2212 |
|
|
|
2213 |
|
|
/* Setup got->offset. offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
|
2214 |
|
|
beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p. */
|
2215 |
|
|
got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
|
2216 |
|
|
|
2217 |
|
|
arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
|
2218 |
|
|
arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
|
2219 |
|
|
|
2220 |
|
|
/* Assign offsets. */
|
2221 |
|
|
htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
|
2222 |
|
|
|
2223 |
|
|
/* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned. */
|
2224 |
|
|
for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
|
2225 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
|
2226 |
|
|
|
2227 |
|
|
*final_offset = start_offset;
|
2228 |
|
|
*n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
|
2229 |
|
|
}
|
2230 |
|
|
|
2231 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
|
2232 |
|
|
{
|
2233 |
|
|
/* The GOT we are adding entries to. Aka big got. */
|
2234 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
|
2235 |
|
|
|
2236 |
|
|
/* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT. */
|
2237 |
|
|
bfd_vma offset;
|
2238 |
|
|
|
2239 |
|
|
/* Context where memory should be allocated. */
|
2240 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
2241 |
|
|
|
2242 |
|
|
/* Total number of slots in the .got section.
|
2243 |
|
|
This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections. */
|
2244 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_slots;
|
2245 |
|
|
|
2246 |
|
|
/* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
|
2247 |
|
|
and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
|
2248 |
|
|
This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section. */
|
2249 |
|
|
bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
|
2250 |
|
|
|
2251 |
|
|
/* Error flag. */
|
2252 |
|
|
bfd_boolean error_p;
|
2253 |
|
|
|
2254 |
|
|
/* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
|
2255 |
|
|
This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
|
2256 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
|
2257 |
|
|
};
|
2258 |
|
|
|
2259 |
|
|
static void
|
2260 |
|
|
elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
|
2261 |
|
|
{
|
2262 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
|
2263 |
|
|
|
2264 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
|
2265 |
|
|
(elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
|
2266 |
|
|
->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
|
2267 |
|
|
arg->symndx2h,
|
2268 |
|
|
&arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
|
2269 |
|
|
|
2270 |
|
|
arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
|
2271 |
|
|
|
2272 |
|
|
if (!arg->info->shared)
|
2273 |
|
|
/* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
|
2274 |
|
|
output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
|
2275 |
|
|
linker can adjust this GOT entry. Overwise we
|
2276 |
|
|
don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols. */
|
2277 |
|
|
arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
|
2278 |
|
|
|
2279 |
|
|
/* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
|
2280 |
|
|
one relocation. Account for that. */
|
2281 |
|
|
arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
|
2282 |
|
|
|
2283 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
|
2284 |
|
|
}
|
2285 |
|
|
|
2286 |
|
|
|
2287 |
|
|
/* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
|
2288 |
|
|
or start a new CURRENT_GOT. */
|
2289 |
|
|
|
2290 |
|
|
static int
|
2291 |
|
|
elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
|
2292 |
|
|
{
|
2293 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
|
2294 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
|
2295 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
2296 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
|
2297 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
|
2298 |
|
|
|
2299 |
|
|
entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
|
2300 |
|
|
arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
|
2301 |
|
|
|
2302 |
|
|
got = entry->got;
|
2303 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
|
2304 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
2305 |
|
|
|
2306 |
|
|
diff = NULL;
|
2307 |
|
|
|
2308 |
|
|
if (arg->current_got != NULL)
|
2309 |
|
|
/* Construct diff. */
|
2310 |
|
|
{
|
2311 |
|
|
diff = &diff_;
|
2312 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
|
2313 |
|
|
|
2314 |
|
|
if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
|
2315 |
|
|
{
|
2316 |
|
|
if (diff->offset == 0)
|
2317 |
|
|
/* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error. */
|
2318 |
|
|
{
|
2319 |
|
|
arg->error_p = TRUE;
|
2320 |
|
|
goto final_return;
|
2321 |
|
|
}
|
2322 |
|
|
|
2323 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
|
2324 |
|
|
{
|
2325 |
|
|
elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
|
2326 |
|
|
/* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one. */
|
2327 |
|
|
diff = NULL;
|
2328 |
|
|
}
|
2329 |
|
|
/* else
|
2330 |
|
|
Merge GOTs no matter what. If big GOT overflows,
|
2331 |
|
|
we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
|
2332 |
|
|
|
2333 |
|
|
??? May be fail earlier? E.g., in can_merge_gots. */
|
2334 |
|
|
}
|
2335 |
|
|
}
|
2336 |
|
|
else
|
2337 |
|
|
/* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself. */
|
2338 |
|
|
{
|
2339 |
|
|
/* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to. */
|
2340 |
|
|
arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
|
2341 |
|
|
if (arg->current_got == NULL)
|
2342 |
|
|
{
|
2343 |
|
|
arg->error_p = TRUE;
|
2344 |
|
|
goto final_return;
|
2345 |
|
|
}
|
2346 |
|
|
|
2347 |
|
|
arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
|
2348 |
|
|
|
2349 |
|
|
diff = got;
|
2350 |
|
|
}
|
2351 |
|
|
|
2352 |
|
|
if (diff != NULL)
|
2353 |
|
|
{
|
2354 |
|
|
if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
|
2355 |
|
|
{
|
2356 |
|
|
arg->error_p = TRUE;
|
2357 |
|
|
goto final_return;
|
2358 |
|
|
}
|
2359 |
|
|
|
2360 |
|
|
/* Now we can free GOT. */
|
2361 |
|
|
elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
|
2362 |
|
|
|
2363 |
|
|
entry->got = arg->current_got;
|
2364 |
|
|
}
|
2365 |
|
|
else
|
2366 |
|
|
{
|
2367 |
|
|
/* Finish up current_got. */
|
2368 |
|
|
elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
|
2369 |
|
|
|
2370 |
|
|
/* Schedule to start a new current_got. */
|
2371 |
|
|
arg->current_got = NULL;
|
2372 |
|
|
|
2373 |
|
|
/* Retry. */
|
2374 |
|
|
if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
|
2375 |
|
|
{
|
2376 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
|
2377 |
|
|
goto final_return;
|
2378 |
|
|
}
|
2379 |
|
|
}
|
2380 |
|
|
|
2381 |
|
|
final_return:
|
2382 |
|
|
if (diff != NULL)
|
2383 |
|
|
elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
|
2384 |
|
|
|
2385 |
|
|
return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
|
2386 |
|
|
}
|
2387 |
|
|
|
2388 |
|
|
/* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping. */
|
2389 |
|
|
|
2390 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2391 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
|
2392 |
|
|
void *_arg)
|
2393 |
|
|
{
|
2394 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
|
2395 |
|
|
|
2396 |
|
|
h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
|
2397 |
|
|
|
2398 |
|
|
if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
|
2399 |
|
|
/* H has at least one entry in the GOT. */
|
2400 |
|
|
{
|
2401 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
|
2402 |
|
|
|
2403 |
|
|
arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
|
2404 |
|
|
|
2405 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
|
2406 |
|
|
arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
|
2407 |
|
|
}
|
2408 |
|
|
|
2409 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2410 |
|
|
}
|
2411 |
|
|
|
2412 |
|
|
/* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
|
2413 |
|
|
lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
|
2414 |
|
|
Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
|
2415 |
|
|
|
2416 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2417 |
|
|
elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
2418 |
|
|
{
|
2419 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
|
2420 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
|
2421 |
|
|
|
2422 |
|
|
multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
|
2423 |
|
|
|
2424 |
|
|
arg_.current_got = NULL;
|
2425 |
|
|
arg_.offset = 0;
|
2426 |
|
|
arg_.info = info;
|
2427 |
|
|
arg_.n_slots = 0;
|
2428 |
|
|
arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
|
2429 |
|
|
arg_.error_p = FALSE;
|
2430 |
|
|
|
2431 |
|
|
if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
|
2432 |
|
|
{
|
2433 |
|
|
/* Initialize symndx2h mapping. */
|
2434 |
|
|
{
|
2435 |
|
|
arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
|
2436 |
|
|
* sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
|
2437 |
|
|
if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
|
2438 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2439 |
|
|
|
2440 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
2441 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
|
2442 |
|
|
}
|
2443 |
|
|
|
2444 |
|
|
/* Partition. */
|
2445 |
|
|
htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
|
2446 |
|
|
&arg_);
|
2447 |
|
|
if (arg_.error_p)
|
2448 |
|
|
{
|
2449 |
|
|
free (arg_.symndx2h);
|
2450 |
|
|
arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
|
2451 |
|
|
|
2452 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2453 |
|
|
}
|
2454 |
|
|
|
2455 |
|
|
/* Finish up last current_got. */
|
2456 |
|
|
elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
|
2457 |
|
|
|
2458 |
|
|
free (arg_.symndx2h);
|
2459 |
|
|
}
|
2460 |
|
|
|
2461 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
|
2462 |
|
|
/* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
|
2463 |
|
|
{
|
2464 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2465 |
|
|
|
2466 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
|
2467 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
2468 |
|
|
s->size = arg_.offset;
|
2469 |
|
|
else
|
2470 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
|
2471 |
|
|
|
2472 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
|
2473 |
|
|
arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
|
2474 |
|
|
|
2475 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
2476 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
2477 |
|
|
s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2478 |
|
|
else
|
2479 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
|
2480 |
|
|
}
|
2481 |
|
|
else
|
2482 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
|
2483 |
|
|
|
2484 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2485 |
|
|
}
|
2486 |
|
|
|
2487 |
|
|
/* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
|
2488 |
|
|
to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
|
2489 |
|
|
elf_m68k_remove_got_entry. */
|
2490 |
|
|
|
2491 |
|
|
static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
|
2492 |
|
|
elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
2493 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
|
2494 |
|
|
{
|
2495 |
|
|
void **ptr;
|
2496 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
|
2497 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
|
2498 |
|
|
|
2499 |
|
|
entry_.key_ = *key;
|
2500 |
|
|
ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
|
2501 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
|
2502 |
|
|
|
2503 |
|
|
entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
|
2504 |
|
|
|
2505 |
|
|
return entry_ptr;
|
2506 |
|
|
}
|
2507 |
|
|
|
2508 |
|
|
/* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT. */
|
2509 |
|
|
|
2510 |
|
|
static void
|
2511 |
|
|
elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
|
2512 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
|
2513 |
|
|
{
|
2514 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
|
2515 |
|
|
|
2516 |
|
|
entry = *entry_ptr;
|
2517 |
|
|
|
2518 |
|
|
/* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet. */
|
2519 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
|
2520 |
|
|
/* Check that this entry is indeed unused. */
|
2521 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
|
2522 |
|
|
|
2523 |
|
|
elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
|
2524 |
|
|
|
2525 |
|
|
if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
|
2526 |
|
|
got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
|
2527 |
|
|
|
2528 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
|
2529 |
|
|
|
2530 |
|
|
htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
|
2531 |
|
|
}
|
2532 |
|
|
|
2533 |
|
|
/* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
|
2534 |
|
|
symbol to a newly created symbol. Also called to copy flags and
|
2535 |
|
|
other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
|
2536 |
|
|
newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
|
2537 |
|
|
be copied. */
|
2538 |
|
|
|
2539 |
|
|
static void
|
2540 |
|
|
elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
2541 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
|
2542 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
|
2543 |
|
|
{
|
2544 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
|
2545 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
|
2546 |
|
|
|
2547 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
|
2548 |
|
|
|
2549 |
|
|
if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
2550 |
|
|
return;
|
2551 |
|
|
|
2552 |
|
|
dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
|
2553 |
|
|
ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
|
2554 |
|
|
|
2555 |
|
|
/* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
|
2556 |
|
|
definition will be against the target symbol. */
|
2557 |
|
|
_dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
|
2558 |
|
|
|
2559 |
|
|
/* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
|
2560 |
|
|
Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
|
2561 |
|
|
assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
|
2562 |
|
|
at the same time. */
|
2563 |
|
|
if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
|
2564 |
|
|
{
|
2565 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
|
2566 |
|
|
/* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet. */
|
2567 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
|
2568 |
|
|
|
2569 |
|
|
dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
|
2570 |
|
|
ind->got_entry_key = 0;
|
2571 |
|
|
}
|
2572 |
|
|
}
|
2573 |
|
|
|
2574 |
|
|
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
|
2575 |
|
|
allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
|
2576 |
|
|
table. */
|
2577 |
|
|
|
2578 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2579 |
|
|
elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
|
2580 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
2581 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
2582 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
2583 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
|
2584 |
|
|
{
|
2585 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
2586 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
2587 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
2588 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
2589 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
2590 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
2591 |
|
|
asection *srelgot;
|
2592 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
2593 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
2594 |
|
|
|
2595 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
2596 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2597 |
|
|
|
2598 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
2599 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
2600 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
2601 |
|
|
|
2602 |
|
|
sgot = NULL;
|
2603 |
|
|
srelgot = NULL;
|
2604 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
2605 |
|
|
|
2606 |
|
|
got = NULL;
|
2607 |
|
|
|
2608 |
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
2609 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
|
2610 |
|
|
{
|
2611 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
2612 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
2613 |
|
|
|
2614 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
2615 |
|
|
|
2616 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
2617 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
2618 |
|
|
else
|
2619 |
|
|
{
|
2620 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
2621 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
2622 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2623 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2624 |
|
|
}
|
2625 |
|
|
|
2626 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
2627 |
|
|
{
|
2628 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8:
|
2629 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16:
|
2630 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32:
|
2631 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
2632 |
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
|
2633 |
|
|
break;
|
2634 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
2635 |
|
|
|
2636 |
|
|
/* Relative GOT relocations. */
|
2637 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8O:
|
2638 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16O:
|
2639 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
2640 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
2641 |
|
|
|
2642 |
|
|
/* TLS relocations. */
|
2643 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
|
2644 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
|
2645 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
2646 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
2647 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
|
2648 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
2649 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
2650 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
|
2651 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
2652 |
|
|
|
2653 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
|
2654 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
|
2655 |
|
|
|
2656 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
|
2657 |
|
|
&& info->shared)
|
2658 |
|
|
/* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS. */
|
2659 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
2660 |
|
|
|
2661 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
|
2662 |
|
|
|
2663 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
2664 |
|
|
{
|
2665 |
|
|
/* Create the .got section. */
|
2666 |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
|
2667 |
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
|
2668 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2669 |
|
|
}
|
2670 |
|
|
|
2671 |
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
2672 |
|
|
{
|
2673 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
|
2674 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
2675 |
|
|
}
|
2676 |
|
|
|
2677 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL
|
2678 |
|
|
&& (h != NULL || info->shared))
|
2679 |
|
|
{
|
2680 |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
2681 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL)
|
2682 |
|
|
{
|
2683 |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
|
2684 |
|
|
".rela.got",
|
2685 |
|
|
(SEC_ALLOC
|
2686 |
|
|
| SEC_LOAD
|
2687 |
|
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
2688 |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
2689 |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
|
2690 |
|
|
| SEC_READONLY));
|
2691 |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL
|
2692 |
|
|
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
|
2693 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2694 |
|
|
}
|
2695 |
|
|
}
|
2696 |
|
|
|
2697 |
|
|
if (got == NULL)
|
2698 |
|
|
{
|
2699 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
|
2700 |
|
|
|
2701 |
|
|
bfd2got_entry
|
2702 |
|
|
= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
|
2703 |
|
|
abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
|
2704 |
|
|
if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
|
2705 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2706 |
|
|
|
2707 |
|
|
got = bfd2got_entry->got;
|
2708 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
|
2709 |
|
|
}
|
2710 |
|
|
|
2711 |
|
|
{
|
2712 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
|
2713 |
|
|
|
2714 |
|
|
/* Add entry to got. */
|
2715 |
|
|
got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
|
2716 |
|
|
ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
|
2717 |
|
|
r_symndx, info);
|
2718 |
|
|
if (got_entry == NULL)
|
2719 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2720 |
|
|
|
2721 |
|
|
if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
|
2722 |
|
|
{
|
2723 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
2724 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
2725 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx == -1
|
2726 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2727 |
|
|
{
|
2728 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2729 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2730 |
|
|
}
|
2731 |
|
|
}
|
2732 |
|
|
}
|
2733 |
|
|
|
2734 |
|
|
break;
|
2735 |
|
|
|
2736 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8:
|
2737 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16:
|
2738 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32:
|
2739 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
|
2740 |
|
|
actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
|
2741 |
|
|
because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
|
2742 |
|
|
never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
|
2743 |
|
|
don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
|
2744 |
|
|
after all. */
|
2745 |
|
|
|
2746 |
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
|
2747 |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
2748 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
2749 |
|
|
continue;
|
2750 |
|
|
|
2751 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
2752 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount++;
|
2753 |
|
|
break;
|
2754 |
|
|
|
2755 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8O:
|
2756 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16O:
|
2757 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32O:
|
2758 |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
2759 |
|
|
|
2760 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
2761 |
|
|
{
|
2762 |
|
|
/* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
|
2763 |
|
|
local symbol. FIXME: does it? How to handle it if
|
2764 |
|
|
it does make sense? */
|
2765 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
2766 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2767 |
|
|
}
|
2768 |
|
|
|
2769 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
2770 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
2771 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
2772 |
|
|
{
|
2773 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
2774 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2775 |
|
|
}
|
2776 |
|
|
|
2777 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
2778 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount++;
|
2779 |
|
|
break;
|
2780 |
|
|
|
2781 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC8:
|
2782 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC16:
|
2783 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC32:
|
2784 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
|
2785 |
|
|
symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
|
2786 |
|
|
However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
|
2787 |
|
|
symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
|
2788 |
|
|
link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
|
2789 |
|
|
reloc directly. At this point we have not seen all the input
|
2790 |
|
|
files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
|
2791 |
|
|
will be set later (it is never cleared). We account for that
|
2792 |
|
|
possibility below by storing information in the
|
2793 |
|
|
pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
|
2794 |
|
|
if (!(info->shared
|
2795 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
2796 |
|
|
&& h != NULL
|
2797 |
|
|
&& (!info->symbolic
|
2798 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
2799 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)))
|
2800 |
|
|
{
|
2801 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
2802 |
|
|
{
|
2803 |
|
|
/* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
|
2804 |
|
|
it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
|
2805 |
|
|
object. */
|
2806 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount++;
|
2807 |
|
|
}
|
2808 |
|
|
break;
|
2809 |
|
|
}
|
2810 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
2811 |
|
|
case R_68K_8:
|
2812 |
|
|
case R_68K_16:
|
2813 |
|
|
case R_68K_32:
|
2814 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
2815 |
|
|
{
|
2816 |
|
|
/* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
|
2817 |
|
|
turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object. */
|
2818 |
|
|
h->plt.refcount++;
|
2819 |
|
|
|
2820 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
2821 |
|
|
/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference. */
|
2822 |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
2823 |
|
|
}
|
2824 |
|
|
|
2825 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
|
2826 |
|
|
reloc into the shared library. */
|
2827 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
2828 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
2829 |
|
|
{
|
2830 |
|
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
|
2831 |
|
|
reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
|
2832 |
|
|
section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
|
2833 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
2834 |
|
|
{
|
2835 |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
2836 |
|
|
(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
|
2837 |
|
|
|
2838 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
2839 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2840 |
|
|
}
|
2841 |
|
|
|
2842 |
|
|
if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
|
2843 |
|
|
/* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
|
2844 |
|
|
relocations, they might be discarded later. */
|
2845 |
|
|
&& !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
|
2846 |
|
|
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
|
2847 |
|
|
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
|
2848 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
2849 |
|
|
|
2850 |
|
|
sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
2851 |
|
|
|
2852 |
|
|
/* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
|
2853 |
|
|
entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
|
2854 |
|
|
again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
|
2855 |
|
|
defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
|
2856 |
|
|
case, the symbol is forced to be local. Note that this
|
2857 |
|
|
function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
|
2858 |
|
|
hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
|
2859 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_entry. */
|
2860 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
|
2861 |
|
|
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
|
2862 |
|
|
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
|
2863 |
|
|
{
|
2864 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
|
2865 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
|
2866 |
|
|
|
2867 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
2868 |
|
|
{
|
2869 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
|
2870 |
|
|
= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
|
2871 |
|
|
head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
|
2872 |
|
|
}
|
2873 |
|
|
else
|
2874 |
|
|
{
|
2875 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
2876 |
|
|
void *vpp;
|
2877 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
2878 |
|
|
|
2879 |
|
|
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
|
2880 |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx);
|
2881 |
|
|
if (isym == NULL)
|
2882 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2883 |
|
|
|
2884 |
|
|
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
2885 |
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
2886 |
|
|
s = sec;
|
2887 |
|
|
|
2888 |
|
|
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
|
2889 |
|
|
head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
|
2890 |
|
|
}
|
2891 |
|
|
|
2892 |
|
|
for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
2893 |
|
|
if (p->section == sreloc)
|
2894 |
|
|
break;
|
2895 |
|
|
|
2896 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
2897 |
|
|
{
|
2898 |
|
|
p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
|
2899 |
|
|
bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
|
2900 |
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
2901 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2902 |
|
|
p->next = *head;
|
2903 |
|
|
*head = p;
|
2904 |
|
|
p->section = sreloc;
|
2905 |
|
|
p->count = 0;
|
2906 |
|
|
}
|
2907 |
|
|
|
2908 |
|
|
++p->count;
|
2909 |
|
|
}
|
2910 |
|
|
}
|
2911 |
|
|
|
2912 |
|
|
break;
|
2913 |
|
|
|
2914 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
2915 |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
2916 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
2917 |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
2918 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2919 |
|
|
break;
|
2920 |
|
|
|
2921 |
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
2922 |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
2923 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
2924 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
2925 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
2926 |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
|
2927 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
2928 |
|
|
break;
|
2929 |
|
|
|
2930 |
|
|
default:
|
2931 |
|
|
break;
|
2932 |
|
|
}
|
2933 |
|
|
}
|
2934 |
|
|
|
2935 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2936 |
|
|
}
|
2937 |
|
|
|
2938 |
|
|
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
|
2939 |
|
|
relocation. */
|
2940 |
|
|
|
2941 |
|
|
static asection *
|
2942 |
|
|
elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
2943 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
2944 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
2945 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
2946 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
2947 |
|
|
{
|
2948 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
2949 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
2950 |
|
|
{
|
2951 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
2952 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
2953 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
2954 |
|
|
}
|
2955 |
|
|
|
2956 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
2957 |
|
|
}
|
2958 |
|
|
|
2959 |
|
|
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
|
2960 |
|
|
|
2961 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
2962 |
|
|
elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
|
2963 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
2964 |
|
|
asection *sec,
|
2965 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
2966 |
|
|
{
|
2967 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
2968 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
2969 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
|
2970 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
2971 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
2972 |
|
|
|
2973 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
2974 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2975 |
|
|
|
2976 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
2977 |
|
|
if (dynobj == NULL)
|
2978 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
2979 |
|
|
|
2980 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
2981 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
2982 |
|
|
got = NULL;
|
2983 |
|
|
|
2984 |
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
2985 |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
|
2986 |
|
|
{
|
2987 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
2988 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
|
2989 |
|
|
|
2990 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
2991 |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
2992 |
|
|
{
|
2993 |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
2994 |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
2995 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
2996 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
2997 |
|
|
}
|
2998 |
|
|
|
2999 |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
3000 |
|
|
{
|
3001 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8:
|
3002 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16:
|
3003 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32:
|
3004 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
3005 |
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
|
3006 |
|
|
break;
|
3007 |
|
|
|
3008 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
3009 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8O:
|
3010 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16O:
|
3011 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
3012 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
3013 |
|
|
|
3014 |
|
|
/* TLS relocations. */
|
3015 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
|
3016 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
|
3017 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
3018 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
3019 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
|
3020 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
3021 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
3022 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
|
3023 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
3024 |
|
|
|
3025 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
|
3026 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
|
3027 |
|
|
|
3028 |
|
|
if (got == NULL)
|
3029 |
|
|
{
|
3030 |
|
|
got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
|
3031 |
|
|
abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
|
3032 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
|
3033 |
|
|
}
|
3034 |
|
|
|
3035 |
|
|
{
|
3036 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
|
3037 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
|
3038 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
|
3039 |
|
|
|
3040 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
|
3041 |
|
|
ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
|
3042 |
|
|
got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
|
3043 |
|
|
|
3044 |
|
|
got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
|
3045 |
|
|
|
3046 |
|
|
if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
|
3047 |
|
|
{
|
3048 |
|
|
--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
|
3049 |
|
|
|
3050 |
|
|
if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
|
3051 |
|
|
/* We don't need the .got entry any more. */
|
3052 |
|
|
elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
|
3053 |
|
|
}
|
3054 |
|
|
}
|
3055 |
|
|
break;
|
3056 |
|
|
|
3057 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8:
|
3058 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16:
|
3059 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32:
|
3060 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8O:
|
3061 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16O:
|
3062 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32O:
|
3063 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC8:
|
3064 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC16:
|
3065 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC32:
|
3066 |
|
|
case R_68K_8:
|
3067 |
|
|
case R_68K_16:
|
3068 |
|
|
case R_68K_32:
|
3069 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
3070 |
|
|
{
|
3071 |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
|
3072 |
|
|
--h->plt.refcount;
|
3073 |
|
|
}
|
3074 |
|
|
break;
|
3075 |
|
|
|
3076 |
|
|
default:
|
3077 |
|
|
break;
|
3078 |
|
|
}
|
3079 |
|
|
}
|
3080 |
|
|
|
3081 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3082 |
|
|
}
|
3083 |
|
|
|
3084 |
|
|
/* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD. */
|
3085 |
|
|
|
3086 |
|
|
static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
|
3087 |
|
|
elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
|
3088 |
|
|
{
|
3089 |
|
|
unsigned int features;
|
3090 |
|
|
|
3091 |
|
|
features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
|
3092 |
|
|
if (features & cpu32)
|
3093 |
|
|
return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
|
3094 |
|
|
if (features & mcfisa_b)
|
3095 |
|
|
return &elf_isab_plt_info;
|
3096 |
|
|
if (features & mcfisa_c)
|
3097 |
|
|
return &elf_isac_plt_info;
|
3098 |
|
|
return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
|
3099 |
|
|
}
|
3100 |
|
|
|
3101 |
|
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
|
3102 |
|
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
|
3103 |
|
|
It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
|
3104 |
|
|
|
3105 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3106 |
|
|
elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
3107 |
|
|
{
|
3108 |
|
|
/* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
|
3109 |
|
|
sections. */
|
3110 |
|
|
if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
|
3111 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3112 |
|
|
|
3113 |
|
|
elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
|
3114 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3115 |
|
|
}
|
3116 |
|
|
|
3117 |
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
3118 |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
3119 |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
3120 |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
3121 |
|
|
understand. */
|
3122 |
|
|
|
3123 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3124 |
|
|
elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
|
3125 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
3126 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
3127 |
|
|
{
|
3128 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
|
3129 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
3130 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
3131 |
|
|
|
3132 |
|
|
htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
|
3133 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
3134 |
|
|
|
3135 |
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
3136 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
|
3137 |
|
|
&& (h->needs_plt
|
3138 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|
3139 |
|
|
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
3140 |
|
|
&& h->ref_regular
|
3141 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
3142 |
|
|
|
3143 |
|
|
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
|
3144 |
|
|
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
|
3145 |
|
|
when we know the address of the .got section. */
|
3146 |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
3147 |
|
|
|| h->needs_plt)
|
3148 |
|
|
{
|
3149 |
|
|
if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
|
3150 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
3151 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
|
3152 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
3153 |
|
|
/* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
|
3154 |
|
|
by a PLTxxO relocation. In this case we already recorded
|
3155 |
|
|
it as a dynamic symbol. */
|
3156 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx == -1)
|
3157 |
|
|
{
|
3158 |
|
|
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
|
3159 |
|
|
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
|
3160 |
|
|
object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
|
3161 |
|
|
such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
|
3162 |
|
|
linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead. */
|
3163 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
3164 |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
3165 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3166 |
|
|
}
|
3167 |
|
|
|
3168 |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
3169 |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1
|
3170 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local)
|
3171 |
|
|
{
|
3172 |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
|
3173 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3174 |
|
|
}
|
3175 |
|
|
|
3176 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
|
3177 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
3178 |
|
|
|
3179 |
|
|
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
|
3180 |
|
|
first entry. */
|
3181 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
3182 |
|
|
s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
|
3183 |
|
|
|
3184 |
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
|
3185 |
|
|
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
|
3186 |
|
|
location in the .plt. This is required to make function
|
3187 |
|
|
pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
|
3188 |
|
|
the shared library. */
|
3189 |
|
|
if (!info->shared
|
3190 |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular)
|
3191 |
|
|
{
|
3192 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
3193 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
|
3194 |
|
|
}
|
3195 |
|
|
|
3196 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = s->size;
|
3197 |
|
|
|
3198 |
|
|
/* Make room for this entry. */
|
3199 |
|
|
s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
|
3200 |
|
|
|
3201 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
|
3202 |
|
|
will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
|
3203 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
|
3204 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
3205 |
|
|
s->size += 4;
|
3206 |
|
|
|
3207 |
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
3208 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
|
3209 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
3210 |
|
|
s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3211 |
|
|
|
3212 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3213 |
|
|
}
|
3214 |
|
|
|
3215 |
|
|
/* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
|
3216 |
|
|
count any more. */
|
3217 |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
3218 |
|
|
|
3219 |
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
3220 |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
3221 |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
3222 |
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
|
3223 |
|
|
{
|
3224 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
3225 |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
|
3226 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
|
3227 |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
|
3228 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3229 |
|
|
}
|
3230 |
|
|
|
3231 |
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
3232 |
|
|
is not a function. */
|
3233 |
|
|
|
3234 |
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
3235 |
|
|
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
3236 |
|
|
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
3237 |
|
|
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
3238 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3239 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3240 |
|
|
|
3241 |
|
|
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
3242 |
|
|
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
3243 |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref)
|
3244 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3245 |
|
|
|
3246 |
|
|
if (h->size == 0)
|
3247 |
|
|
{
|
3248 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
|
3249 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
3250 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3251 |
|
|
}
|
3252 |
|
|
|
3253 |
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
3254 |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
3255 |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
3256 |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
3257 |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
3258 |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
3259 |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
3260 |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
3261 |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */
|
3262 |
|
|
|
3263 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
|
3264 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
3265 |
|
|
|
3266 |
|
|
/* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
|
3267 |
|
|
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
|
3268 |
|
|
runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
|
3269 |
|
|
.rela.bss section we are going to use. */
|
3270 |
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
3271 |
|
|
{
|
3272 |
|
|
asection *srel;
|
3273 |
|
|
|
3274 |
|
|
srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
|
3275 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
|
3276 |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3277 |
|
|
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
3278 |
|
|
}
|
3279 |
|
|
|
3280 |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
|
3281 |
|
|
}
|
3282 |
|
|
|
3283 |
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
3284 |
|
|
|
3285 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3286 |
|
|
elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
|
3287 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
3288 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
3289 |
|
|
{
|
3290 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
3291 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
3292 |
|
|
bfd_boolean plt;
|
3293 |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocs;
|
3294 |
|
|
|
3295 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
3296 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
|
3297 |
|
|
|
3298 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
3299 |
|
|
{
|
3300 |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
3301 |
|
|
if (info->executable)
|
3302 |
|
|
{
|
3303 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
|
3304 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
3305 |
|
|
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
3306 |
|
|
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
3307 |
|
|
}
|
3308 |
|
|
}
|
3309 |
|
|
else
|
3310 |
|
|
{
|
3311 |
|
|
/* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
|
3312 |
|
|
However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
|
3313 |
|
|
not actually use these entries. Reset the size of .rela.got,
|
3314 |
|
|
which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
|
3315 |
|
|
below. */
|
3316 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
3317 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
3318 |
|
|
s->size = 0;
|
3319 |
|
|
}
|
3320 |
|
|
|
3321 |
|
|
/* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
|
3322 |
|
|
PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
|
3323 |
|
|
For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
|
3324 |
|
|
against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
|
3325 |
|
|
We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
|
3326 |
|
|
will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine. */
|
3327 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3328 |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
|
3329 |
|
|
elf_m68k_discard_copies,
|
3330 |
|
|
(PTR) info);
|
3331 |
|
|
|
3332 |
|
|
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
|
3333 |
|
|
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
|
3334 |
|
|
memory for them. */
|
3335 |
|
|
plt = FALSE;
|
3336 |
|
|
relocs = FALSE;
|
3337 |
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
3338 |
|
|
{
|
3339 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
3340 |
|
|
|
3341 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
3342 |
|
|
continue;
|
3343 |
|
|
|
3344 |
|
|
/* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
|
3345 |
|
|
of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
|
3346 |
|
|
name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
|
3347 |
|
|
|
3348 |
|
|
if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
|
3349 |
|
|
{
|
3350 |
|
|
/* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
|
3351 |
|
|
plt = s->size != 0;
|
3352 |
|
|
}
|
3353 |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
|
3354 |
|
|
{
|
3355 |
|
|
if (s->size != 0)
|
3356 |
|
|
{
|
3357 |
|
|
relocs = TRUE;
|
3358 |
|
|
|
3359 |
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
3360 |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
3361 |
|
|
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
3362 |
|
|
}
|
3363 |
|
|
}
|
3364 |
|
|
else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
|
3365 |
|
|
&& strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
|
3366 |
|
|
{
|
3367 |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
3368 |
|
|
continue;
|
3369 |
|
|
}
|
3370 |
|
|
|
3371 |
|
|
if (s->size == 0)
|
3372 |
|
|
{
|
3373 |
|
|
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
3374 |
|
|
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
|
3375 |
|
|
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in
|
3376 |
|
|
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
3377 |
|
|
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
3378 |
|
|
sections. The linker does that before
|
3379 |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
3380 |
|
|
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
3381 |
|
|
into these sections. */
|
3382 |
|
|
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
3383 |
|
|
continue;
|
3384 |
|
|
}
|
3385 |
|
|
|
3386 |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
3387 |
|
|
continue;
|
3388 |
|
|
|
3389 |
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
|
3390 |
|
|
/* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
|
3391 |
|
|
Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
|
3392 |
|
|
are written out, but at the moment this does not happen. Thus in
|
3393 |
|
|
order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
|
3394 |
|
|
contents to zero. */
|
3395 |
|
|
s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
|
3396 |
|
|
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
3397 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3398 |
|
|
}
|
3399 |
|
|
|
3400 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
3401 |
|
|
{
|
3402 |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
3403 |
|
|
values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
3404 |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
3405 |
|
|
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
|
3406 |
|
|
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
|
3407 |
|
|
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
|
3408 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
|
3409 |
|
|
|
3410 |
|
|
if (!info->shared)
|
3411 |
|
|
{
|
3412 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
|
3413 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3414 |
|
|
}
|
3415 |
|
|
|
3416 |
|
|
if (plt)
|
3417 |
|
|
{
|
3418 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
|
3419 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
|
3420 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
|
3421 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
|
3422 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3423 |
|
|
}
|
3424 |
|
|
|
3425 |
|
|
if (relocs)
|
3426 |
|
|
{
|
3427 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
|
3428 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
|
3429 |
|
|
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
|
3430 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3431 |
|
|
}
|
3432 |
|
|
|
3433 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
|
3434 |
|
|
{
|
3435 |
|
|
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
|
3436 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3437 |
|
|
}
|
3438 |
|
|
}
|
3439 |
|
|
#undef add_dynamic_entry
|
3440 |
|
|
|
3441 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3442 |
|
|
}
|
3443 |
|
|
|
3444 |
|
|
/* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
|
3445 |
|
|
creating a shared object. In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
|
3446 |
|
|
space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
|
3447 |
|
|
are defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, it
|
3448 |
|
|
discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
|
3449 |
|
|
symbol visibility changes. We allocated space for them in the
|
3450 |
|
|
check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
|
3451 |
|
|
relocate_section routine.
|
3452 |
|
|
|
3453 |
|
|
We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
|
3454 |
|
|
against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
|
3455 |
|
|
case. */
|
3456 |
|
|
|
3457 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3458 |
|
|
elf_m68k_discard_copies (h, inf)
|
3459 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
3460 |
|
|
PTR inf;
|
3461 |
|
|
{
|
3462 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
3463 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
|
3464 |
|
|
|
3465 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
3466 |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
3467 |
|
|
|
3468 |
|
|
if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
3469 |
|
|
{
|
3470 |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
|
3471 |
|
|
{
|
3472 |
|
|
/* Look for relocations against read-only sections. */
|
3473 |
|
|
for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
|
3474 |
|
|
s != NULL;
|
3475 |
|
|
s = s->next)
|
3476 |
|
|
if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
3477 |
|
|
{
|
3478 |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
3479 |
|
|
break;
|
3480 |
|
|
}
|
3481 |
|
|
}
|
3482 |
|
|
|
3483 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3484 |
|
|
}
|
3485 |
|
|
|
3486 |
|
|
for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
|
3487 |
|
|
s != NULL;
|
3488 |
|
|
s = s->next)
|
3489 |
|
|
s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3490 |
|
|
|
3491 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
3492 |
|
|
}
|
3493 |
|
|
|
3494 |
|
|
|
3495 |
|
|
/* Install relocation RELA. */
|
3496 |
|
|
|
3497 |
|
|
static void
|
3498 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
|
3499 |
|
|
asection *srela,
|
3500 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
3501 |
|
|
{
|
3502 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
3503 |
|
|
|
3504 |
|
|
loc = srela->contents;
|
3505 |
|
|
loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
3506 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
|
3507 |
|
|
}
|
3508 |
|
|
|
3509 |
|
|
/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
|
3510 |
|
|
for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
|
3511 |
|
|
|
3512 |
|
|
#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
|
3513 |
|
|
#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
|
3514 |
|
|
|
3515 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
3516 |
|
|
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
3517 |
|
|
{
|
3518 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
3519 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
3520 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3521 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
3522 |
|
|
}
|
3523 |
|
|
|
3524 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
3525 |
|
|
tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
3526 |
|
|
{
|
3527 |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
|
3528 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
|
3529 |
|
|
return 0;
|
3530 |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
|
3531 |
|
|
}
|
3532 |
|
|
|
3533 |
|
|
/* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
|
3534 |
|
|
This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section. */
|
3535 |
|
|
|
3536 |
|
|
static void
|
3537 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
3538 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd,
|
3539 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
|
3540 |
|
|
asection *sgot,
|
3541 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
|
3542 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation)
|
3543 |
|
|
{
|
3544 |
|
|
switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
|
3545 |
|
|
{
|
3546 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
3547 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
|
3548 |
|
|
break;
|
3549 |
|
|
|
3550 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
3551 |
|
|
/* We know the offset within the module,
|
3552 |
|
|
put it into the second GOT slot. */
|
3553 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
3554 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
|
3555 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
3556 |
|
|
|
3557 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
3558 |
|
|
/* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable. */
|
3559 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
|
3560 |
|
|
break;
|
3561 |
|
|
|
3562 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
3563 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
|
3564 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
|
3565 |
|
|
break;
|
3566 |
|
|
|
3567 |
|
|
default:
|
3568 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
3569 |
|
|
}
|
3570 |
|
|
}
|
3571 |
|
|
|
3572 |
|
|
/* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
|
3573 |
|
|
during dynamic link.
|
3574 |
|
|
This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
|
3575 |
|
|
or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
|
3576 |
|
|
|
3577 |
|
|
static void
|
3578 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
3579 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd,
|
3580 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
|
3581 |
|
|
asection *sgot,
|
3582 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
|
3583 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation,
|
3584 |
|
|
asection *srela)
|
3585 |
|
|
{
|
3586 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
3587 |
|
|
|
3588 |
|
|
switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
|
3589 |
|
|
{
|
3590 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
3591 |
|
|
/* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
|
3592 |
|
|
at run-time. */
|
3593 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
|
3594 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation;
|
3595 |
|
|
break;
|
3596 |
|
|
|
3597 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
3598 |
|
|
/* We know the offset within the module,
|
3599 |
|
|
put it into the second GOT slot. */
|
3600 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
|
3601 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
|
3602 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
3603 |
|
|
|
3604 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
3605 |
|
|
/* We don't know the module number,
|
3606 |
|
|
create a relocation for it. */
|
3607 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
3608 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
3609 |
|
|
break;
|
3610 |
|
|
|
3611 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
3612 |
|
|
/* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
|
3613 |
|
|
at run-time. */
|
3614 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
|
3615 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
|
3616 |
|
|
break;
|
3617 |
|
|
|
3618 |
|
|
default:
|
3619 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
3620 |
|
|
}
|
3621 |
|
|
|
3622 |
|
|
/* Offset of the GOT entry. */
|
3623 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
3624 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
3625 |
|
|
+ got_entry_offset);
|
3626 |
|
|
|
3627 |
|
|
/* Install one of the above relocations. */
|
3628 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
|
3629 |
|
|
|
3630 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
|
3631 |
|
|
}
|
3632 |
|
|
|
3633 |
|
|
/* Relocate an M68K ELF section. */
|
3634 |
|
|
|
3635 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
3636 |
|
|
elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
|
3637 |
|
|
contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
|
3638 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd;
|
3639 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
3640 |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd;
|
3641 |
|
|
asection *input_section;
|
3642 |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents;
|
3643 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
|
3644 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
|
3645 |
|
|
asection **local_sections;
|
3646 |
|
|
{
|
3647 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
3648 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
3649 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
3650 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
3651 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
3652 |
|
|
asection *sreloc;
|
3653 |
|
|
asection *srela;
|
3654 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got *got;
|
3655 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
3656 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
|
3657 |
|
|
|
3658 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
3659 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
3660 |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
3661 |
|
|
|
3662 |
|
|
sgot = NULL;
|
3663 |
|
|
splt = NULL;
|
3664 |
|
|
sreloc = NULL;
|
3665 |
|
|
srela = NULL;
|
3666 |
|
|
|
3667 |
|
|
got = NULL;
|
3668 |
|
|
|
3669 |
|
|
rel = relocs;
|
3670 |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
3671 |
|
|
for (; rel < relend; rel++)
|
3672 |
|
|
{
|
3673 |
|
|
int r_type;
|
3674 |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
3675 |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
3676 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
3677 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
3678 |
|
|
asection *sec;
|
3679 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
3680 |
|
|
bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
|
3681 |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
3682 |
|
|
|
3683 |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
3684 |
|
|
if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
|
3685 |
|
|
{
|
3686 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
3687 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3688 |
|
|
}
|
3689 |
|
|
howto = howto_table + r_type;
|
3690 |
|
|
|
3691 |
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
3692 |
|
|
|
3693 |
|
|
h = NULL;
|
3694 |
|
|
sym = NULL;
|
3695 |
|
|
sec = NULL;
|
3696 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3697 |
|
|
|
3698 |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
3699 |
|
|
{
|
3700 |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
3701 |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
3702 |
|
|
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
|
3703 |
|
|
}
|
3704 |
|
|
else
|
3705 |
|
|
{
|
3706 |
|
|
bfd_boolean warned;
|
3707 |
|
|
|
3708 |
|
|
RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
|
3709 |
|
|
r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
3710 |
|
|
h, sec, relocation,
|
3711 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc, warned);
|
3712 |
|
|
}
|
3713 |
|
|
|
3714 |
|
|
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
|
3715 |
|
|
{
|
3716 |
|
|
/* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
|
3717 |
|
|
or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
|
3718 |
|
|
section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
|
3719 |
|
|
_bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
3720 |
|
|
rel->r_info = 0;
|
3721 |
|
|
rel->r_addend = 0;
|
3722 |
|
|
continue;
|
3723 |
|
|
}
|
3724 |
|
|
|
3725 |
|
|
if (info->relocatable)
|
3726 |
|
|
continue;
|
3727 |
|
|
|
3728 |
|
|
switch (r_type)
|
3729 |
|
|
{
|
3730 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8:
|
3731 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16:
|
3732 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32:
|
3733 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
|
3734 |
|
|
in the global offset table. */
|
3735 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
3736 |
|
|
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
|
3737 |
|
|
{
|
3738 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
|
3739 |
|
|
{
|
3740 |
|
|
bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
|
3741 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
3742 |
|
|
|
3743 |
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
3744 |
|
|
{
|
3745 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
|
3746 |
|
|
|
3747 |
|
|
if (sgot != NULL)
|
3748 |
|
|
sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
|
3749 |
|
|
else
|
3750 |
|
|
/* In this case we have a reference to
|
3751 |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
|
3752 |
|
|
empty.
|
3753 |
|
|
??? Issue a warning? */
|
3754 |
|
|
sgot_output_offset = 0;
|
3755 |
|
|
}
|
3756 |
|
|
else
|
3757 |
|
|
sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
|
3758 |
|
|
|
3759 |
|
|
if (got == NULL)
|
3760 |
|
|
{
|
3761 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
|
3762 |
|
|
|
3763 |
|
|
bfd2got_entry
|
3764 |
|
|
= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
|
3765 |
|
|
input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
|
3766 |
|
|
|
3767 |
|
|
if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
|
3768 |
|
|
{
|
3769 |
|
|
got = bfd2got_entry->got;
|
3770 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
|
3771 |
|
|
|
3772 |
|
|
got_offset = got->offset;
|
3773 |
|
|
}
|
3774 |
|
|
else
|
3775 |
|
|
/* In this case we have a reference to
|
3776 |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
|
3777 |
|
|
accessing any GOT entries.
|
3778 |
|
|
??? Issue a warning? */
|
3779 |
|
|
got_offset = 0;
|
3780 |
|
|
}
|
3781 |
|
|
else
|
3782 |
|
|
got_offset = got->offset;
|
3783 |
|
|
|
3784 |
|
|
/* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
|
3785 |
|
|
assigned to input_bfd. */
|
3786 |
|
|
rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
|
3787 |
|
|
}
|
3788 |
|
|
else
|
3789 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
|
3790 |
|
|
|
3791 |
|
|
break;
|
3792 |
|
|
}
|
3793 |
|
|
/* Fall through. */
|
3794 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT8O:
|
3795 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT16O:
|
3796 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
3797 |
|
|
|
3798 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
3799 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
|
3800 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
|
3801 |
|
|
|
3802 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
|
3803 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
|
3804 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
3805 |
|
|
|
3806 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
|
3807 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
|
3808 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
3809 |
|
|
|
3810 |
|
|
/* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
|
3811 |
|
|
the global offset table. */
|
3812 |
|
|
|
3813 |
|
|
{
|
3814 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
|
3815 |
|
|
bfd_vma *off_ptr;
|
3816 |
|
|
bfd_vma off;
|
3817 |
|
|
|
3818 |
|
|
if (sgot == NULL)
|
3819 |
|
|
{
|
3820 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
|
3821 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
3822 |
|
|
}
|
3823 |
|
|
|
3824 |
|
|
if (got == NULL)
|
3825 |
|
|
{
|
3826 |
|
|
got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
|
3827 |
|
|
input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
|
3828 |
|
|
NULL)->got;
|
3829 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
|
3830 |
|
|
}
|
3831 |
|
|
|
3832 |
|
|
/* Get GOT offset for this symbol. */
|
3833 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
|
3834 |
|
|
r_type);
|
3835 |
|
|
off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
|
3836 |
|
|
NULL)->u.s2.offset;
|
3837 |
|
|
off = *off_ptr;
|
3838 |
|
|
|
3839 |
|
|
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
|
3840 |
|
|
the least significant bit to record whether we have
|
3841 |
|
|
already generated the necessary reloc. */
|
3842 |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
3843 |
|
|
off &= ~1;
|
3844 |
|
|
else
|
3845 |
|
|
{
|
3846 |
|
|
if (h != NULL
|
3847 |
|
|
/* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
|
3848 |
|
|
which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
|
3849 |
|
|
itself. */
|
3850 |
|
|
&& elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
|
3851 |
|
|
{
|
3852 |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn;
|
3853 |
|
|
|
3854 |
|
|
dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
|
3855 |
|
|
if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
|
3856 |
|
|
|| (info->shared
|
3857 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
3858 |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
|
3859 |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
|
3860 |
|
|
{
|
3861 |
|
|
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
|
3862 |
|
|
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
3863 |
|
|
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
|
3864 |
|
|
because of a version file. We must initialize
|
3865 |
|
|
this entry in the global offset table. Since
|
3866 |
|
|
the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
|
3867 |
|
|
use the least significant bit to record whether
|
3868 |
|
|
we have initialized it already.
|
3869 |
|
|
|
3870 |
|
|
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
|
3871 |
|
|
relocation entry to initialize the value. This
|
3872 |
|
|
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
|
3873 |
|
|
|
3874 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
|
3875 |
|
|
output_bfd,
|
3876 |
|
|
r_type,
|
3877 |
|
|
sgot,
|
3878 |
|
|
off,
|
3879 |
|
|
relocation);
|
3880 |
|
|
|
3881 |
|
|
*off_ptr |= 1;
|
3882 |
|
|
}
|
3883 |
|
|
else
|
3884 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
3885 |
|
|
}
|
3886 |
|
|
else if (info->shared) /* && h == NULL */
|
3887 |
|
|
/* Process local symbol during dynamic link. */
|
3888 |
|
|
{
|
3889 |
|
|
if (srela == NULL)
|
3890 |
|
|
{
|
3891 |
|
|
srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
3892 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
|
3893 |
|
|
}
|
3894 |
|
|
|
3895 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
|
3896 |
|
|
output_bfd,
|
3897 |
|
|
r_type,
|
3898 |
|
|
sgot,
|
3899 |
|
|
off,
|
3900 |
|
|
relocation,
|
3901 |
|
|
srela);
|
3902 |
|
|
|
3903 |
|
|
*off_ptr |= 1;
|
3904 |
|
|
}
|
3905 |
|
|
else /* h == NULL && !info->shared */
|
3906 |
|
|
{
|
3907 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
|
3908 |
|
|
output_bfd,
|
3909 |
|
|
r_type,
|
3910 |
|
|
sgot,
|
3911 |
|
|
off,
|
3912 |
|
|
relocation);
|
3913 |
|
|
|
3914 |
|
|
*off_ptr |= 1;
|
3915 |
|
|
}
|
3916 |
|
|
}
|
3917 |
|
|
|
3918 |
|
|
/* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
|
3919 |
|
|
because this is the only place where difference between
|
3920 |
|
|
R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters. */
|
3921 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
|
3922 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
|
3923 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
|
3924 |
|
|
|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
|
3925 |
|
|
|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
|
3926 |
|
|
|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
|
3927 |
|
|
{
|
3928 |
|
|
/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
|
3929 |
|
|
of local GOT. Adjust the offset accordingly. */
|
3930 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
|
3931 |
|
|
|| off >= got->offset);
|
3932 |
|
|
|
3933 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
|
3934 |
|
|
relocation = off - got->offset;
|
3935 |
|
|
else
|
3936 |
|
|
{
|
3937 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
|
3938 |
|
|
relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
|
3939 |
|
|
}
|
3940 |
|
|
|
3941 |
|
|
/* This relocation does not use the addend. */
|
3942 |
|
|
rel->r_addend = 0;
|
3943 |
|
|
}
|
3944 |
|
|
else
|
3945 |
|
|
relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
|
3946 |
|
|
+ off);
|
3947 |
|
|
}
|
3948 |
|
|
break;
|
3949 |
|
|
|
3950 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
|
3951 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
|
3952 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
|
3953 |
|
|
relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
|
3954 |
|
|
break;
|
3955 |
|
|
|
3956 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
|
3957 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
|
3958 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
|
3959 |
|
|
if (info->shared)
|
3960 |
|
|
{
|
3961 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
3962 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
|
3963 |
|
|
"in shared object"),
|
3964 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
|
3965 |
|
|
|
3966 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
3967 |
|
|
}
|
3968 |
|
|
else
|
3969 |
|
|
relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
|
3970 |
|
|
|
3971 |
|
|
break;
|
3972 |
|
|
|
3973 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8:
|
3974 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16:
|
3975 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32:
|
3976 |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
3977 |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */
|
3978 |
|
|
|
3979 |
|
|
/* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
|
3980 |
|
|
without using the procedure linkage table. */
|
3981 |
|
|
if (h == NULL)
|
3982 |
|
|
break;
|
3983 |
|
|
|
3984 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
3985 |
|
|
|| !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
3986 |
|
|
{
|
3987 |
|
|
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
|
3988 |
|
|
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
|
3989 |
|
|
using -Bsymbolic. */
|
3990 |
|
|
break;
|
3991 |
|
|
}
|
3992 |
|
|
|
3993 |
|
|
if (splt == NULL)
|
3994 |
|
|
{
|
3995 |
|
|
splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
|
3996 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
|
3997 |
|
|
}
|
3998 |
|
|
|
3999 |
|
|
relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
|
4000 |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset
|
4001 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset);
|
4002 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
4003 |
|
|
break;
|
4004 |
|
|
|
4005 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT8O:
|
4006 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT16O:
|
4007 |
|
|
case R_68K_PLT32O:
|
4008 |
|
|
/* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
|
4009 |
|
|
the procedure linkage table. */
|
4010 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
|
4011 |
|
|
|
4012 |
|
|
if (splt == NULL)
|
4013 |
|
|
{
|
4014 |
|
|
splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
|
4015 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
|
4016 |
|
|
}
|
4017 |
|
|
|
4018 |
|
|
relocation = h->plt.offset;
|
4019 |
|
|
unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
|
4020 |
|
|
|
4021 |
|
|
/* This relocation does not use the addend. */
|
4022 |
|
|
rel->r_addend = 0;
|
4023 |
|
|
|
4024 |
|
|
break;
|
4025 |
|
|
|
4026 |
|
|
case R_68K_8:
|
4027 |
|
|
case R_68K_16:
|
4028 |
|
|
case R_68K_32:
|
4029 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC8:
|
4030 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC16:
|
4031 |
|
|
case R_68K_PC32:
|
4032 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
4033 |
|
|
&& r_symndx != 0
|
4034 |
|
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
4035 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
4036 |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|
4037 |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
4038 |
|
|
&& ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
|
4039 |
|
|
&& r_type != R_68K_PC16
|
4040 |
|
|
&& r_type != R_68K_PC32)
|
4041 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
|
4042 |
|
|
{
|
4043 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
4044 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4045 |
|
|
bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
|
4046 |
|
|
|
4047 |
|
|
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
4048 |
|
|
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
4049 |
|
|
time. */
|
4050 |
|
|
|
4051 |
|
|
skip = FALSE;
|
4052 |
|
|
relocate = FALSE;
|
4053 |
|
|
|
4054 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset =
|
4055 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
4056 |
|
|
rel->r_offset);
|
4057 |
|
|
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
4058 |
|
|
skip = TRUE;
|
4059 |
|
|
else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
4060 |
|
|
skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
|
4061 |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
4062 |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
4063 |
|
|
|
4064 |
|
|
if (skip)
|
4065 |
|
|
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
|
4066 |
|
|
else if (h != NULL
|
4067 |
|
|
&& h->dynindx != -1
|
4068 |
|
|
&& (r_type == R_68K_PC8
|
4069 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_68K_PC16
|
4070 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_68K_PC32
|
4071 |
|
|
|| !info->shared
|
4072 |
|
|
|| !info->symbolic
|
4073 |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))
|
4074 |
|
|
{
|
4075 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
|
4076 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
|
4077 |
|
|
}
|
4078 |
|
|
else
|
4079 |
|
|
{
|
4080 |
|
|
/* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
|
4081 |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
|
4082 |
|
|
|
4083 |
|
|
if (r_type == R_68K_32)
|
4084 |
|
|
{
|
4085 |
|
|
relocate = TRUE;
|
4086 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
|
4087 |
|
|
}
|
4088 |
|
|
else
|
4089 |
|
|
{
|
4090 |
|
|
long indx;
|
4091 |
|
|
|
4092 |
|
|
if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
|
4093 |
|
|
indx = 0;
|
4094 |
|
|
else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
|
4095 |
|
|
{
|
4096 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
4097 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4098 |
|
|
}
|
4099 |
|
|
else
|
4100 |
|
|
{
|
4101 |
|
|
asection *osec;
|
4102 |
|
|
|
4103 |
|
|
/* We are turning this relocation into one
|
4104 |
|
|
against a section symbol. It would be
|
4105 |
|
|
proper to subtract the symbol's value,
|
4106 |
|
|
osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
|
4107 |
|
|
but ld.so expects buggy relocs. */
|
4108 |
|
|
osec = sec->output_section;
|
4109 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
4110 |
|
|
if (indx == 0)
|
4111 |
|
|
{
|
4112 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4113 |
|
|
htab = elf_hash_table (info);
|
4114 |
|
|
osec = htab->text_index_section;
|
4115 |
|
|
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
4116 |
|
|
}
|
4117 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
|
4118 |
|
|
}
|
4119 |
|
|
|
4120 |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
|
4121 |
|
|
}
|
4122 |
|
|
}
|
4123 |
|
|
|
4124 |
|
|
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
4125 |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
4126 |
|
|
abort ();
|
4127 |
|
|
|
4128 |
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
4129 |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4130 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
4131 |
|
|
|
4132 |
|
|
/* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
|
4133 |
|
|
need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
|
4134 |
|
|
relocations that have been turned into
|
4135 |
|
|
R_68K_RELATIVE. */
|
4136 |
|
|
if (!relocate)
|
4137 |
|
|
continue;
|
4138 |
|
|
}
|
4139 |
|
|
|
4140 |
|
|
break;
|
4141 |
|
|
|
4142 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
4143 |
|
|
case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
4144 |
|
|
/* These are no-ops in the end. */
|
4145 |
|
|
continue;
|
4146 |
|
|
|
4147 |
|
|
default:
|
4148 |
|
|
break;
|
4149 |
|
|
}
|
4150 |
|
|
|
4151 |
|
|
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
|
4152 |
|
|
because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
|
4153 |
|
|
not process them. */
|
4154 |
|
|
if (unresolved_reloc
|
4155 |
|
|
&& !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
4156 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic))
|
4157 |
|
|
{
|
4158 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
4159 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
|
4160 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
4161 |
|
|
input_section,
|
4162 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset,
|
4163 |
|
|
howto->name,
|
4164 |
|
|
h->root.root.string);
|
4165 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4166 |
|
|
}
|
4167 |
|
|
|
4168 |
|
|
if (r_symndx != 0
|
4169 |
|
|
&& r_type != R_68K_NONE
|
4170 |
|
|
&& (h == NULL
|
4171 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
4172 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
|
4173 |
|
|
{
|
4174 |
|
|
char sym_type;
|
4175 |
|
|
|
4176 |
|
|
sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
|
4177 |
|
|
|
4178 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
|
4179 |
|
|
{
|
4180 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4181 |
|
|
|
4182 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4183 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
4184 |
|
|
else
|
4185 |
|
|
{
|
4186 |
|
|
name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
|
4187 |
|
|
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
|
4188 |
|
|
if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
|
4189 |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
4190 |
|
|
}
|
4191 |
|
|
|
4192 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
4193 |
|
|
((sym_type == STT_TLS
|
4194 |
|
|
? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
|
4195 |
|
|
: _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
|
4196 |
|
|
input_bfd,
|
4197 |
|
|
input_section,
|
4198 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset,
|
4199 |
|
|
howto->name,
|
4200 |
|
|
name);
|
4201 |
|
|
}
|
4202 |
|
|
}
|
4203 |
|
|
|
4204 |
|
|
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
|
4205 |
|
|
contents, rel->r_offset,
|
4206 |
|
|
relocation, rel->r_addend);
|
4207 |
|
|
|
4208 |
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
4209 |
|
|
{
|
4210 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4211 |
|
|
|
4212 |
|
|
if (h != NULL)
|
4213 |
|
|
name = h->root.root.string;
|
4214 |
|
|
else
|
4215 |
|
|
{
|
4216 |
|
|
name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
|
4217 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
|
4218 |
|
|
sym->st_name);
|
4219 |
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
4220 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4221 |
|
|
if (*name == '\0')
|
4222 |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
|
4223 |
|
|
}
|
4224 |
|
|
|
4225 |
|
|
if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
|
4226 |
|
|
{
|
4227 |
|
|
if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
|
4228 |
|
|
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
|
4229 |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
|
4230 |
|
|
rel->r_offset)))
|
4231 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4232 |
|
|
}
|
4233 |
|
|
else
|
4234 |
|
|
{
|
4235 |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler)
|
4236 |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
|
4237 |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section,
|
4238 |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
|
4239 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4240 |
|
|
}
|
4241 |
|
|
}
|
4242 |
|
|
}
|
4243 |
|
|
|
4244 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4245 |
|
|
}
|
4246 |
|
|
|
4247 |
|
|
/* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
|
4248 |
|
|
into section SEC. */
|
4249 |
|
|
|
4250 |
|
|
static void
|
4251 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
|
4252 |
|
|
{
|
4253 |
|
|
/* Make VALUE PC-relative. */
|
4254 |
|
|
value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
|
4255 |
|
|
|
4256 |
|
|
/* Apply any in-place addend. */
|
4257 |
|
|
value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
|
4258 |
|
|
|
4259 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
|
4260 |
|
|
}
|
4261 |
|
|
|
4262 |
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
4263 |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */
|
4264 |
|
|
|
4265 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4266 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
|
4267 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd;
|
4268 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
4269 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
4270 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
4271 |
|
|
{
|
4272 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
4273 |
|
|
|
4274 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
4275 |
|
|
|
4276 |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
4277 |
|
|
{
|
4278 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
|
4279 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
4280 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
4281 |
|
|
asection *srela;
|
4282 |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index;
|
4283 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
4284 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
4285 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4286 |
|
|
|
4287 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
|
4288 |
|
|
it up. */
|
4289 |
|
|
|
4290 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
4291 |
|
|
|
4292 |
|
|
plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
|
4293 |
|
|
splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
|
4294 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
|
4295 |
|
|
srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
|
4296 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
|
4297 |
|
|
|
4298 |
|
|
/* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
|
4299 |
|
|
corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
|
4300 |
|
|
in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
|
4301 |
|
|
first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
|
4302 |
|
|
plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
|
4303 |
|
|
|
4304 |
|
|
/* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
|
4305 |
|
|
corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
|
4306 |
|
|
The first three are reserved. */
|
4307 |
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
|
4308 |
|
|
|
4309 |
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
|
4310 |
|
|
plt_info->symbol_entry,
|
4311 |
|
|
plt_info->size);
|
4312 |
|
|
|
4313 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
|
4314 |
|
|
(sgot->output_section->vma
|
4315 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
4316 |
|
|
+ got_offset));
|
4317 |
|
|
|
4318 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
|
4319 |
|
|
splt->contents
|
4320 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
4321 |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
|
4322 |
|
|
|
4323 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
|
4324 |
|
|
splt->output_section->vma);
|
4325 |
|
|
|
4326 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
|
4327 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4328 |
|
|
(splt->output_section->vma
|
4329 |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset
|
4330 |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset
|
4331 |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
|
4332 |
|
|
sgot->contents + got_offset);
|
4333 |
|
|
|
4334 |
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
4335 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
4336 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
4337 |
|
|
+ got_offset);
|
4338 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
|
4339 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
4340 |
|
|
loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4341 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
4342 |
|
|
|
4343 |
|
|
if (!h->def_regular)
|
4344 |
|
|
{
|
4345 |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
|
4346 |
|
|
the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
|
4347 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
4348 |
|
|
}
|
4349 |
|
|
}
|
4350 |
|
|
|
4351 |
|
|
if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
|
4352 |
|
|
{
|
4353 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
4354 |
|
|
asection *srela;
|
4355 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
|
4356 |
|
|
|
4357 |
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
|
4358 |
|
|
up. */
|
4359 |
|
|
|
4360 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
|
4361 |
|
|
srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
|
4362 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
|
4363 |
|
|
|
4364 |
|
|
got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
|
4365 |
|
|
|
4366 |
|
|
while (got_entry != NULL)
|
4367 |
|
|
{
|
4368 |
|
|
enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
|
4369 |
|
|
bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
|
4370 |
|
|
|
4371 |
|
|
r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
|
4372 |
|
|
got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
|
4373 |
|
|
|
4374 |
|
|
/* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
|
4375 |
|
|
locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. Likewise if
|
4376 |
|
|
the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
|
4377 |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table already have been
|
4378 |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */
|
4379 |
|
|
if (info->shared
|
4380 |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
4381 |
|
|
{
|
4382 |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation;
|
4383 |
|
|
|
4384 |
|
|
relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
|
4385 |
|
|
(sgot->contents
|
4386 |
|
|
+ got_entry_offset));
|
4387 |
|
|
|
4388 |
|
|
/* Undo TP bias. */
|
4389 |
|
|
switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
|
4390 |
|
|
{
|
4391 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
4392 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
|
4393 |
|
|
break;
|
4394 |
|
|
|
4395 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
4396 |
|
|
relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
|
4397 |
|
|
break;
|
4398 |
|
|
|
4399 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
4400 |
|
|
relocation += tpoff_base (info);
|
4401 |
|
|
break;
|
4402 |
|
|
|
4403 |
|
|
default:
|
4404 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
4405 |
|
|
}
|
4406 |
|
|
|
4407 |
|
|
elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
|
4408 |
|
|
output_bfd,
|
4409 |
|
|
r_type,
|
4410 |
|
|
sgot,
|
4411 |
|
|
got_entry_offset,
|
4412 |
|
|
relocation,
|
4413 |
|
|
srela);
|
4414 |
|
|
}
|
4415 |
|
|
else
|
4416 |
|
|
{
|
4417 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
4418 |
|
|
|
4419 |
|
|
/* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
|
4420 |
|
|
at run-time. */
|
4421 |
|
|
{
|
4422 |
|
|
bfd_vma n_slots;
|
4423 |
|
|
|
4424 |
|
|
n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
|
4425 |
|
|
while (n_slots--)
|
4426 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
|
4427 |
|
|
(sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
|
4428 |
|
|
+ 4 * n_slots));
|
4429 |
|
|
}
|
4430 |
|
|
|
4431 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
4432 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
|
4433 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
4434 |
|
|
+ got_entry_offset);
|
4435 |
|
|
|
4436 |
|
|
switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
|
4437 |
|
|
{
|
4438 |
|
|
case R_68K_GOT32O:
|
4439 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
|
4440 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
|
4441 |
|
|
break;
|
4442 |
|
|
|
4443 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
|
4444 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
|
4445 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
|
4446 |
|
|
|
4447 |
|
|
rela.r_offset += 4;
|
4448 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
|
4449 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
|
4450 |
|
|
break;
|
4451 |
|
|
|
4452 |
|
|
case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
|
4453 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
|
4454 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
|
4455 |
|
|
break;
|
4456 |
|
|
|
4457 |
|
|
default:
|
4458 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
4459 |
|
|
break;
|
4460 |
|
|
}
|
4461 |
|
|
}
|
4462 |
|
|
|
4463 |
|
|
got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
|
4464 |
|
|
}
|
4465 |
|
|
}
|
4466 |
|
|
|
4467 |
|
|
if (h->needs_copy)
|
4468 |
|
|
{
|
4469 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
4470 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
4471 |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc;
|
4472 |
|
|
|
4473 |
|
|
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
4474 |
|
|
|
4475 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|
4476 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
4477 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
|
4478 |
|
|
|
4479 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
|
4480 |
|
|
".rela.bss");
|
4481 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
4482 |
|
|
|
4483 |
|
|
rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
|
4484 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
|
4485 |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
|
4486 |
|
|
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
|
4487 |
|
|
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
4488 |
|
|
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
4489 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
4490 |
|
|
}
|
4491 |
|
|
|
4492 |
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
|
4493 |
|
|
if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
|
4494 |
|
|
|| h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
|
4495 |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
4496 |
|
|
|
4497 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4498 |
|
|
}
|
4499 |
|
|
|
4500 |
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
4501 |
|
|
|
4502 |
|
|
static bfd_boolean
|
4503 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
|
4504 |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd;
|
4505 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
4506 |
|
|
{
|
4507 |
|
|
bfd *dynobj;
|
4508 |
|
|
asection *sgot;
|
4509 |
|
|
asection *sdyn;
|
4510 |
|
|
|
4511 |
|
|
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
|
4512 |
|
|
|
4513 |
|
|
sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
|
4514 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
|
4515 |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
4516 |
|
|
|
4517 |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
4518 |
|
|
{
|
4519 |
|
|
asection *splt;
|
4520 |
|
|
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
4521 |
|
|
|
4522 |
|
|
splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
|
4523 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
|
4524 |
|
|
|
4525 |
|
|
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
4526 |
|
|
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
4527 |
|
|
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
4528 |
|
|
{
|
4529 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
4530 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
4531 |
|
|
asection *s;
|
4532 |
|
|
|
4533 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
4534 |
|
|
|
4535 |
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
4536 |
|
|
{
|
4537 |
|
|
default:
|
4538 |
|
|
break;
|
4539 |
|
|
|
4540 |
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
4541 |
|
|
name = ".got";
|
4542 |
|
|
goto get_vma;
|
4543 |
|
|
case DT_JMPREL:
|
4544 |
|
|
name = ".rela.plt";
|
4545 |
|
|
get_vma:
|
4546 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
|
4547 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
4548 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
|
4549 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
4550 |
|
|
break;
|
4551 |
|
|
|
4552 |
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
4553 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
|
4554 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
4555 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
|
4556 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
4557 |
|
|
break;
|
4558 |
|
|
|
4559 |
|
|
case DT_RELASZ:
|
4560 |
|
|
/* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
|
4561 |
|
|
not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
|
4562 |
|
|
Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
|
4563 |
|
|
make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since the
|
4564 |
|
|
linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
|
4565 |
|
|
other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
|
4566 |
|
|
about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
|
4567 |
|
|
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
|
4568 |
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
4569 |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
|
4570 |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
4571 |
|
|
break;
|
4572 |
|
|
}
|
4573 |
|
|
}
|
4574 |
|
|
|
4575 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
|
4576 |
|
|
if (splt->size > 0)
|
4577 |
|
|
{
|
4578 |
|
|
const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
|
4579 |
|
|
|
4580 |
|
|
plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
|
4581 |
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
|
4582 |
|
|
|
4583 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
|
4584 |
|
|
(sgot->output_section->vma
|
4585 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
4586 |
|
|
+ 4));
|
4587 |
|
|
|
4588 |
|
|
elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
|
4589 |
|
|
(sgot->output_section->vma
|
4590 |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset
|
4591 |
|
|
+ 8));
|
4592 |
|
|
|
4593 |
|
|
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
|
4594 |
|
|
= plt_info->size;
|
4595 |
|
|
}
|
4596 |
|
|
}
|
4597 |
|
|
|
4598 |
|
|
/* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
|
4599 |
|
|
if (sgot->size > 0)
|
4600 |
|
|
{
|
4601 |
|
|
if (sdyn == NULL)
|
4602 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
|
4603 |
|
|
else
|
4604 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
4605 |
|
|
sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
|
4606 |
|
|
sgot->contents);
|
4607 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
|
4608 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
|
4609 |
|
|
}
|
4610 |
|
|
|
4611 |
|
|
elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
4612 |
|
|
|
4613 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4614 |
|
|
}
|
4615 |
|
|
|
4616 |
|
|
/* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
|
4617 |
|
|
relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
|
4618 |
|
|
used at runtime to relocate the section. This is called by the
|
4619 |
|
|
linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used. This is called
|
4620 |
|
|
after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
|
4621 |
|
|
objects, and before the final_link entry point is called. */
|
4622 |
|
|
|
4623 |
|
|
bfd_boolean
|
4624 |
|
|
bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
|
4625 |
|
|
bfd *abfd;
|
4626 |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info;
|
4627 |
|
|
asection *datasec;
|
4628 |
|
|
asection *relsec;
|
4629 |
|
|
char **errmsg;
|
4630 |
|
|
{
|
4631 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
4632 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
4633 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
|
4634 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
|
4635 |
|
|
bfd_byte *p;
|
4636 |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt;
|
4637 |
|
|
|
4638 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
|
4639 |
|
|
|
4640 |
|
|
*errmsg = NULL;
|
4641 |
|
|
|
4642 |
|
|
if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
|
4643 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4644 |
|
|
|
4645 |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
4646 |
|
|
|
4647 |
|
|
/* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
|
4648 |
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
|
4649 |
|
|
(abfd, datasec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
|
4650 |
|
|
info->keep_memory));
|
4651 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
4652 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4653 |
|
|
|
4654 |
|
|
amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
|
4655 |
|
|
relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
4656 |
|
|
if (relsec->contents == NULL)
|
4657 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4658 |
|
|
|
4659 |
|
|
p = relsec->contents;
|
4660 |
|
|
|
4661 |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
|
4662 |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
|
4663 |
|
|
{
|
4664 |
|
|
asection *targetsec;
|
4665 |
|
|
|
4666 |
|
|
/* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
|
4667 |
|
|
reloc section. The longword will be the address in the data
|
4668 |
|
|
section which must be relocated. It is followed by the name
|
4669 |
|
|
of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
|
4670 |
|
|
characters. */
|
4671 |
|
|
|
4672 |
|
|
/* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time. */
|
4673 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
|
4674 |
|
|
{
|
4675 |
|
|
*errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
|
4676 |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
4677 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4678 |
|
|
}
|
4679 |
|
|
|
4680 |
|
|
/* Get the target section referred to by the reloc. */
|
4681 |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
4682 |
|
|
{
|
4683 |
|
|
/* A local symbol. */
|
4684 |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
4685 |
|
|
|
4686 |
|
|
/* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
|
4687 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
4688 |
|
|
{
|
4689 |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
4690 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
4691 |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
|
4692 |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
|
4693 |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
4694 |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL)
|
4695 |
|
|
goto error_return;
|
4696 |
|
|
}
|
4697 |
|
|
|
4698 |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
|
4699 |
|
|
targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
4700 |
|
|
}
|
4701 |
|
|
else
|
4702 |
|
|
{
|
4703 |
|
|
unsigned long indx;
|
4704 |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
4705 |
|
|
|
4706 |
|
|
/* An external symbol. */
|
4707 |
|
|
indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
4708 |
|
|
h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
|
4709 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
|
4710 |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
4711 |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
4712 |
|
|
targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
4713 |
|
|
else
|
4714 |
|
|
targetsec = NULL;
|
4715 |
|
|
}
|
4716 |
|
|
|
4717 |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
|
4718 |
|
|
memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
|
4719 |
|
|
if (targetsec != NULL)
|
4720 |
|
|
strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
|
4721 |
|
|
}
|
4722 |
|
|
|
4723 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
4724 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
4725 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL
|
4726 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
4727 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
4728 |
|
|
return TRUE;
|
4729 |
|
|
|
4730 |
|
|
error_return:
|
4731 |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
4732 |
|
|
free (isymbuf);
|
4733 |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL
|
4734 |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
4735 |
|
|
free (internal_relocs);
|
4736 |
|
|
return FALSE;
|
4737 |
|
|
}
|
4738 |
|
|
|
4739 |
|
|
/* Set target options. */
|
4740 |
|
|
|
4741 |
|
|
void
|
4742 |
|
|
bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
|
4743 |
|
|
{
|
4744 |
|
|
struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
|
4745 |
|
|
|
4746 |
|
|
htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
|
4747 |
|
|
|
4748 |
|
|
switch (got_handling)
|
4749 |
|
|
{
|
4750 |
|
|
case 0:
|
4751 |
|
|
/* --got=single. */
|
4752 |
|
|
htab->local_gp_p = FALSE;
|
4753 |
|
|
htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
|
4754 |
|
|
htab->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
|
4755 |
|
|
break;
|
4756 |
|
|
|
4757 |
|
|
case 1:
|
4758 |
|
|
/* --got=negative. */
|
4759 |
|
|
htab->local_gp_p = TRUE;
|
4760 |
|
|
htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
|
4761 |
|
|
htab->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
|
4762 |
|
|
break;
|
4763 |
|
|
|
4764 |
|
|
case 2:
|
4765 |
|
|
/* --got=multigot. */
|
4766 |
|
|
htab->local_gp_p = TRUE;
|
4767 |
|
|
htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
|
4768 |
|
|
htab->allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
|
4769 |
|
|
break;
|
4770 |
|
|
|
4771 |
|
|
default:
|
4772 |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
|
4773 |
|
|
}
|
4774 |
|
|
}
|
4775 |
|
|
|
4776 |
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
4777 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (rela)
|
4778 |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
|
4779 |
|
|
{
|
4780 |
|
|
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
4781 |
|
|
{
|
4782 |
|
|
case R_68K_RELATIVE:
|
4783 |
|
|
return reloc_class_relative;
|
4784 |
|
|
case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
|
4785 |
|
|
return reloc_class_plt;
|
4786 |
|
|
case R_68K_COPY:
|
4787 |
|
|
return reloc_class_copy;
|
4788 |
|
|
default:
|
4789 |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal;
|
4790 |
|
|
}
|
4791 |
|
|
}
|
4792 |
|
|
|
4793 |
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
4794 |
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
4795 |
|
|
|
4796 |
|
|
static bfd_vma
|
4797 |
|
|
elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
|
4798 |
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
4799 |
|
|
{
|
4800 |
|
|
return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
|
4801 |
|
|
}
|
4802 |
|
|
|
4803 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
|
4804 |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-m68k"
|
4805 |
|
|
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_68K
|
4806 |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x2000
|
4807 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
|
4808 |
|
|
_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
|
4809 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
|
4810 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
|
4811 |
|
|
/* ??? Should it be this macro or bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create? */
|
4812 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free \
|
4813 |
|
|
elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free
|
4814 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link bfd_elf_final_link
|
4815 |
|
|
|
4816 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_m68k_check_relocs
|
4817 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
|
4818 |
|
|
elf_m68k_always_size_sections
|
4819 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
|
4820 |
|
|
elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
4821 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
|
4822 |
|
|
elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
|
4823 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_m68k_final_write_processing
|
4824 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
|
4825 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_m68k_relocate_section
|
4826 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
|
4827 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
4828 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
|
4829 |
|
|
elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
|
4830 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
|
4831 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
|
4832 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
|
4833 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
|
4834 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
|
4835 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
|
4836 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
|
4837 |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
|
4838 |
|
|
elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
|
4839 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
|
4840 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
|
4841 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_object_p elf32_m68k_object_p
|
4842 |
|
|
|
4843 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
4844 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
4845 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
|
4846 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
|
4847 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
|
4848 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
|
4849 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
|
4850 |
|
|
|
4851 |
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h"
|